Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit M16-0155 - INDEMAND INTERPRETING - GENERATOR AND ATS UPGRADE
INDEMAND INTERPRETING 555 ANDOVER PARK W M16=0155 City of Tukwila • Department of Community Development • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.Rov MECHANICAL PERMIT Parcel No: 2623049144 Permit Number: M16-0155 Address: 555 ANDOVER PARK W Issue Date: 2/16/2017 Permit Expires On: 8/15/2017 Project Name: INDEMAND INTERPRETING Owner: Name: SOUTHCENTER CORPORATE SQUAR Address: 150 CALIFORNIA ST, SAN FRANCISCO, WA, 94111 Contact Person: Name: BRUCE JACKSON Phone: (206) 799-2082 Address: 3320 WEST VALLEY HWY, #D-103, 2015 WA Cities Electrical Code: AUBURN, WA, 98001 International Mechanical Code Edition: Contractor: WAC 296-4613: 2014 Name: STURGEON ELECTRIC CO INC Phone: (303) 286-8000 Address: 12150 E 112 AVE, HENDERSON, CO, 2015 80640 Permit Center Authorized Signature: License No: STURGEC853BL Expiration Date: 4/14/2017 Lender: Name: Address: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: UPGRADE TO GENERATOR AND ATS. GENERATOR IN EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE WITH BELLY TANK. Valuation of Work: $53,923.00 Fees Collected: $916.90 Type of Work: REPLACEMENT Electrical Service Provided by: PUGEST SOUND ENERGY Fuel type: GAS Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: 2015 National Electrical Code: 2014 International Residential Code Edition: 2015 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2015 WAC 296-4613: 2014 Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2015 WA State Energy Code: 2015 International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: �l I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development Apermihddree to conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Date: t 7 Print Name: I U1PvLKC This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 2: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 3: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 4: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an extra hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (4A 40 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 9: The installation of flammable/combustible liquid storage tanks, both aboveground and underground, requires a separate fire department permit for each tank. permits can be obtained from the Fire Marshal's Office at 6300 Southcenter BI Suite 209, Tukwila, WA 98188. 206-575-4407. 10: All flammable/combustible liquid tank installations and piping shall comply with 2015 International Fire Code Chapter 57 and NFPA 30. 11: Generator installation shall comply with NFPA30, chapter 22, NFPA 70, article 445, NFPA 31, NFPA 37, NFPA 110, NFPA 111, and manufacturers installation guidelines. 12: A stamped licensed engineers' letter may be submitted to the fire inspector at the time of inspection certifying compliance with the referenced code requirements. 8: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 5: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 6: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 7: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 13: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: ***MECHANICAL PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 16: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 17: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1400 FIRE FINAL 1800 MECHANICAL FINAL 0701 ROUGH -IN MECHANICAL CITY OF TUKM- . Community Development Department • L Permit Center • 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 hqp://www.TukwilaWA.gov SITE LOCATION Mechanical Permit No. I ` I V— 061�- Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: use MECHANICAL PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **please print** King Co Assessor's Tax Site Address: 555 Andover Park W Suite Number: 201 Floor: 2nd TenantName: InDemand Interpreting New Tenant: ❑ .....Yes 3..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: Pinnacle Property Managment Address: 1450 114th Ave SE City: Bellevue State: WA Zip: 98004 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Bruce Jackson Address: 3320 W Valley Hwy N D103 City: Auburn State: WA Zip: 98001 Phone: 206-799-2082 Fax: 253-737-5793 Email: bjackson@myrgroup.com Valuation of project (contractor's bid price): S $53,923.00 Describe the scope of work in detail: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Sturgeon Electric Co Address: 3320 W Valley Hwy N D103 City: Auburn State: WA Zip: 98001 Phone: 253-737-5252 Fax: 253-737-5793 ContrRegNo.: STURGEC853BL Exp Date: 4/14/17 Tukwila Business License No.: BUS -0996372 Upgrade to Generator and ATS. Generator in Exterior Enclosure with belly tank. Use: Residential: New .......... ❑ Replacement ........ ❑ Commercial: New .......... ❑ . Replacement ........ Fuel Type. Electric..... ❑ Gas....... ❑ Other: Diesel N:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2016 ApplicationsWechanical Permit Application Revised 1-4-16.docw Revised: January 2016 Page 1 of 2 6h Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type Qty Furnace <100k btu Residential, Nighttime Furnace >100k btu Industrial Floor furnace 55 dB(A) Suspended/wall/floor mounted heater 57 dB(A) Appliance vent 1 Repair or addition to heat/refrig/cooling system 47 dB(A) Air handling unit <10,000 cfm 65 dB(A) Unit Type Qty Air handling unit 210,000 cfm Residential, Nighttime Evaporator cooler Industrial Ventilation fan connected to single duct 55 dB(A) Ventilation system 57 dB(A) Hood and duct 1 Incinerator - domestic 47 dB(A) Incinerator - comm/industrial 65 dB(A) Unit Type Qty Fire damper Residential, Nighttime Diffuser Industrial Thermostat 55 dB(A) Wood/gas stove 57 dB(A) Emergency enerator 1 Other mechanical equipment 47 dB(A) 60 dB(A) 65 dB(A) Boiler/Compressor Qty 0-3 hp/100,000 btu 3-15 h /500,000 btu 15-30 hp/1,000,000 btu 30-50 hp/1,750,000 btu 50+ h /1,750,000 btu i :I Noise: Mechanical units need to be in compliance with the Tukwila Noise Code. Maximum permissible sound levels are based on from where the sound is created and where the sound is heard. Additionally, if sound can be heard from within a house at night in a residential zone it may not be allowed. For more details, see TMC 8.22 District of Sound Producing Source District of Receiving Property Residential, Daytime* Residential, Nighttime Commercial Industrial Residential 55 dB(A) 45 dB(A) 57 dB(A) 60 dB(A) Commercial 57 dB(A) 47 dB(A) 60 dB(A) 65 dB(A) Industrial 60 dB(A) 50 dB(A) 65 dB(A) 70 dB(A) *Daytime means 7AM-I OPM, Monday through Friday and 8AM-IOPM, Saturday, Sunday and State -recognized holidays. A few sounds are exempt from the noise code, including: Warning devices; Construction and property maintenance during the daytime hours (lam -1 Opm); Testing of backup generators during the day. PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Value of construction - in all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the permit center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of plan review - applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may grant one extension of time for additional periods not to exceed 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNFA OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: u Print Name: `�-' /I) t 1 ` ( t'-,- Mailing Date: Q L2-- t ((' Day Telephone: 7 7� 2. 0.?2— City State zip H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2016 ApplicationsWechanical Permit Application Revised 1-4-16.doex Revised: January 2016 Page 2 of 2 bh DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK $985.15 EL16-0896 Address: 555 ANDOVER PARK W Apn: 2623049144 $68.25 ELECTRICAL $65.00 PERMIT FEE MULTI-FAM/COMM R000.322.101.00.00 0.00 $65.00 TECHNOLOGY FEE $3.25 TECHNOLOGY FEE R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $3.25 M16-0155 Address: 555 ANDOVER PARK W Apn: 2623049144 $916.90 MECHANICAL $881.63 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $32.50 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $672.80 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.102.00.00 0.00 $176.33 TECHNOLOGY FEE $35.27 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: .. R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $35.27 .. 5.15 Date Paid: Friday, September 30, 2016 Paid By: SOUTHCENTER CORPORATE SQUAR Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 010872 Printed: Friday, September 30, 2016 11:16 AM 1 of 1 C)rr-f7 SYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: Type of Inspection: /yyd"l- IM40 //y7x09kTI G- 111afHM)C+L- /=) Address: Date Called: 5s'5, ,p6t/1, , dtJ Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. v(Aoi //-22 / 7 Requester: OR Phone No: c� Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: XI—M- e4lWV*67- 14ebkl Inspector: Date: -/7 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Approved per applicable codes. = Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4R/: s / &' Zvle'O'v°oPMENT— hnspector: 'M7 IDate: _/—/2—/7 I F] REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD IV1q - Q l5-> Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: 617 ' j Type of Inspection; Address: Contact Person: Suite #:� Pre -Fire: Special Instructions: Phone No.: .Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: �' Date: f f�Z ��- Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. tsming Aaaress Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Generator Enclosure rd d SOl.I►t Ater a is sn N internand tnterareting CD Washington State � � Rei#aurants vi orEVWED FOR .. Recycling Association E CODE-rUMPLIANCE APPROVED FEB 14 2017 Rainier Unisery Council ■ - Site Address: City of Tukwila InDemand Interpreting .I BUILDING DIVISION 555 Andover Park W STE 201 QTukwila, WA 98188 RECEIVED o CITY OF TUKWILA American Fidelity � Project Contact: SEP 3 0 2016 Bruce Jackson ?ERMIT CENTER Sturgeon Electric Co 3320 W Valley Hwy N D103 Auburn, WA 98001 ?InDeMand�R«n 206-799-2082 biackson@myrgroup.com Google n D • Map sista Im-016 M I b 0165 Conceptual Design for Generator/ATS Install InDemand Interpreting Construction Notes ---------------------- Existing to be removed. New Conduit system and conductors. New Panel or ATS switch Existing Panel RECEIVED Cs T i' OF TUKWILA SEP 3 0 2016 :HERMIT CENTER Temp Gen F O 60KW GENSET 120/208V Generator Enclosu Closet WED "UKWILA SEP 3 0 2016 3Ef=tMIT CENTER CD CV C'7 C) T CEIVED F TUKWILA 30 2016 T CENTER 46' Closet WED 'UKWILA SEP 3 0 2016 :PERMIT CENTER t E & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. &T P.O. Box 595 - Issaquah, NVA 98027 - Phones: 425-557-0779 - Fax: 425-557-0765 ice_ .- ?' ENCINFERING STRUCTURAL NEW GENERATOR SEISMIC CONNECTION CALCULATION► FOR IN DEMAND INTERPRETING 555 ANDOVER PARKWAY WEST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98118 GENERAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: STURGEON ELECTRIC COMPANY, INC. 3320 WEST VALLEY HWY. NORTH, SUITE D103 AUBURN, WASHINGTON 98001 ((253) 737-5252 IOFFICEI / (206) 799-2082 IMOBI - IPROJECT MANAGER -BRUCE JACKSONI REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED FEBRUARY 8, 2017 (B & T PROJECT NO. #170.18.0 FEB 14 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 10 2017 PERMIT CENTER .ORRUT6)W kki *_ 0 Iq q �rf= & ll��' '-= PROJECT': I �� All "\H P G � FSHEET NO. �'�, � OF+ - B & T DESIGN & ENGINEERING, INC. DESCRIPTION 4bl DES J, - DATE � (425) 557-0779 CHK JOB NO. ®' � C U � aseas [ani—� N b JD4M (12-7 114.50 14507 o^� 8 aaso (5Sol— (7.251 o7 (7.257 FP 6m.18 127.0:7— I TF I � CL 0 1 � i J J i f T g I ■994$ ^� 6235(5,757 R� 2X /77� y 1 t i if O 2M, _ g � El tjN 8 J J s o N F-1 N O N O � O X (T m O Y d T m s o � 729616 [90A07 � r n SUBMITTED BY THE VMC GROUP Aerotlex International Isolators I Amber/Booth I Korfund Vibration Mountings I ContREVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED FEB 14 2017 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CORRECTN LTR# I RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWVILA DEC 0 2 2016 PERMIT CENTER �c r F. - --�-�� �� 71-7 '�-..' I' 11 r I( ` F _ 1 `nom [ I r-, -,-- r r �r ` r 1 [ [ f THE VMC GROUP [ -111 ll Aeroflex Intemational Isolators Amber/Booth Koriund Dynamics f Vibration Mountings & Controls -- - - - --- f - -- -- ^� �[ PROJECT: STURGEON -IN DEMANDI � 1! 7= - L _I REP: RENOSA I [ 7-7-i-7 _ '[ C_ if . ; ARCHITECT: - —I i� I f [ ENGINEER: �.. if 1 -�� f [ CUSTOMER: PACIFIC POWER GROUP ` ' i [ i_ 1 I P.O. NUMBER: 640390 111-1 l " COMMENTS: SEISMIC PARAMETERS - f _ l Sds = 0.9648 Ip = 1.5 h= - - � c � � 1 LOCATION = Tukwila WA j I r _ ZIP CODE = 98188 i r - —FT ([ I 504415.01 DATE: 11/22/2016 VMA No.: [< r nr [ F� �( l� I � ,r { 'll[ l� �[ ; in"_ i �� ;_[ l ! 11' I[[ _( ( �� 1 L 1 [ 1 [ C r L�[ 7 —r r �r - - - . ; LAIC- � 1� ,c � c � _ � �L �-r ! 1[ J lf _(I I 771 f .` : ]:..: ! 7f f i lr, �� = i 1' '(-, ] T ` [ -I[ f . [-,-_1L_ [ -I �L L [ p i r n` L-( = c� C LL r 1 r r c c 't p;c -- [i -^ f- -- [ 'i if lhj�VMt Gi,6 ip, [ 1 if :! ! [ f i [ �t� t� $ oWinig �[0, NJ -074031-4, Til �3 83$1 �' - - - -= Fouston:�9Q r 11 Fox 7� �3 8 BrrttrnoorePark. Ur Hp�uston,�X x'70411 Tel, 713 dbbA003 �3rd6¢1355 r �r e�ii uoier 113 Mciin S _ _780 -Fo —:E ..:: i[ - L wvG th'evmcroup.torri : N'I c !_17T:r c I � REV. DESCRIPTION 00 Initial Release SEISMIC RESTRAINT SUBMITTAL CUSTOMER: PACIFIC POWER GROUP 7215 SOUTH 228TH STREET KENT, WA 98032 JOB: STURGEON - IN DEMAND P.O. No: 640390 SOURCE of CHANGE DATE CAM 11/22/16 The following report has been performed for compliance with the applicable building codes and job specifications. Applicable Building Code: IBC -2015 Applicable Job Specification: - - Including Drawing: VMA -50955 13 This report reflects information received and r seismic restraint as of date shown The VMC Group 113 Main St Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 V c THE VMC GROUP The Power of Together CAGE CODE SIZE DWG NO REV 4U931 VMA -50955 00 BY I DATE: ISO NO. PAGE: CAM I 11/22/2016 504415.01 I 2 of 14 THE VMC GROUP Aerof lex International isolators j AmbedBooth j Korfund Dynamics j Vibration Mountings & Conlrols Sturgeon - In Demand VMA -50955 00 3 of 14 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Pacific Power Group CAM 11/22/2016 Table of Contents: Sec Description Paae Stamp Cover 2 Table of Contents 3 1 Errors and Omissions Certificate 4 11. Table 1: Schedule 5 III. Summary of Critical Assumptions and Directive Statements 6 IV. Purpose 6 V. Scope 6 VI. Strategy and Assumptions 7 VII. Allowable Loads 7 VIII. Seismic Input Loads 8 IX. Analysis Methodology 9 X. Tags: i. Genset a. LRFD Seismic Force Calculation 10 XI. Anchorage/Bolting Calculations 11-12 XII. Submittal Drawing VMA -50955 13 ACORU® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE D/rvyn D0613012016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Marsh USA, Inc. 1166 Avenue of the Americas CONTACT NAME: PHONE FAX c N ): A/C No): New Yodc,NY 10036 E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIL# INSURER A: Lloyd's of Landon 1122000 65465 -Profs -1617 INSURED The VMC Group INSURER B PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 113 Main St INSURER C: INSURER D: Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 INSURER E: AUTOMOBILE INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC -007606666.13 REVISION NUMBER:6 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. IL7SRR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER MPMA ,YYEFFI POLICY ICY EY.XYPY) M LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE E OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO R=..a) PREMISES a $ MED EXP Any one person $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: HPOLICY F-1PRO JECT F� LOC OTHER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGO $ $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNEDSCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS NON -OWNED HIRED AUTOS AUTOS COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ Ea accident BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Par acddent $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESSLIAB OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EACH OCCURRENCE $ _ AGGREGATE $ DED I I RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y /N ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERIEXECUTIVEN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below /A PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT I $ A Professional Liability B0621PTHEV000616 0101/2016 0710112017 Limit: 3,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Rem arks Schedule, may be attached If more space Is required) Evidence of Coverage The VMC Group 113 Main SL Bloomingdale, NJ 07403 ACORD 25 (2014/01) GANGtLLA SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE of Marsh USA Inc. Manashl Mukherjee _ (Atitppt.i �4�A tc ht/.d-e1 ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 6 N M O a 0 a Q. ' O 00 't N o O _ 2 L � M N L ---) I- C� ? X LL O L @ Q C E 'd O Q 0 w w U 00 > O C�JaO� w z O 0 U O m E y LO cya.F U) E a a E2 o LO 0 , 0 0 > _, > 1' 0 N W r 4 � aa� ' c 0 d n� L w ID (D - O C U 0 L w N LL O CO rU@ � � U Q o N I O CL � Y � a 0 p co t � 0 O U a� � 0(D O A H N Page # O o N Item # w Q O cl w U) O a- x w a O U z Q LL 0 w w W CO w O U z Q cnw J U) U N m Y J_ w F- 0 z M O Q. ' O o O L ---) I- C� ? X LL O f6 > O = O m Ln ,I CL LO o ISOo� a a E2 o LO 0 > _, > 1' z W r � 3 0 0 CL � O t O U co ani a N o N o 2) LO Ill C Z O m U M O 0 cA U co N N 0 � r Q w 0) WC J w � U Q N Z U m o o > °� THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators I Amber/Booth I Korfund Dynamics ( Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. NO. I PAGE NO. Sturgeon - In Demand VMA -50955 00 6 of 14 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Pacific Power Group CAM 11/22/2016 III. SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ASSUMPTIONS AND DIRECTIVE STATEMENTS: 1. This analysis does not certify that the concrete housekeeping pads, building structure, isolated or restrained equipment, or any other attached equipment, such as piping or ductwork, is capable of handling the applied seismic loads. Any non -VMC Group mounting supports, brackets, or other means of attachment must be independently certified. This calculation only certifies the seismic restraint capability of the VMC Group supplied mounting equipment and the attachment of the equipment. 2. Weight and dimensional data was provided by the customer. Information not provided for in the job specification must be verified by the building engineer. The values used in this analysis should be verified. If they vary, disregard these recommendations and notify The VMC Group of the changes. 3. All accessory attachments (pipe, conduit, etc.) to the equipment shall be attached in a manner that allows relative motion (flex, swing jointlelbow, etc.) to prevent failure due to differential movement between the equipment and attached accessory caused by seismic loading on the system. 4. Unless noted on the drawings, all drawings in this report are considered not to scale. 5. All housekeeping pads must be properly dowelled and reinforced by others to carry the seismic loads. 6. When several pieces of equipment are installed identically, the most critical one is analyzed. 7. When installing concrete expansion anchors, the anchors shall be torqued to manufacturer recommended settings to ensure maximum holding capacity in the concrete. Observe concrete edge distance and anchor spacing limitations as expressed by the anchor manufacturer or ICC -ES rating publication. For anchors installed in the underside of the slab, embedment depth must be at least one half of the slab thickness to ensure the anchor is embedded in the compression zone of the slab. 8. If isolators are supplied by The VMC Group it has been assumed that the structure supporting the isolators has a stiffness ten (10) times that of the isolator or three (3) times the natural frequency of the isolators. The equipment itself and any steel structure between the equipment and the isolators are considered rigid for calculation purposes. IV. PURPOSE: This report is submitted to Pacific Power Group for the Sturgeon - In Demand project to verify that the seismic restraints provided and/or recommended by The VMC Group will safely accept loads applied from seismic forces and normal operating loads. For equipment isolated by The VMC Group, this report verifies adequate isolation per the job specification. V. SCOPE: This report covers only seismic restraints, isolators, and engineering recommendations provided by The VMC Group for use as listed in Table I. This report does not cover equipment supplied by other vendors. The structural design professional must verify the adequacy of the superstructure or substructure to which The VMC Group components or specified hardware are attached. The structure must withstand the seismic loads applied at restraint locations. The following report has been performed for compliance with the applicable building codes and job specification - -. If there are any specifications or information that supersede the assumptions made herein, this analysis may be invalid, and The VMC Group must be notified for review of changes. THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International IsolatorjAmber/Booth IKorfund Dynamics j Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. N0. I PAGE NO. Sturgeon - In Demand VMA -50955 00 7 of 14 CUSTOMER BY DATECHECKED DATE Pacific Power Group CAM 11/22/2016 VI. STRATEGY AND ASSUMPTIONS: For the purposes of this analysis, it must be assumed that the building and its internal structure have been designed to perform as required by the adopted building code in response to an earthquake and remain intact and functioning after such an event. Per code the equipment must be restrained and not break away from its supports during an earthquake. The forces acting on a piece of equipment are the vertical and lateral forces resulting from the earthquake, the force of gravity, and the forces at the restraints that hold the equipment in place. The analysis assumes that the equipment does not move beyond the restraints during the earthquake. The acceleration at its center of gravity generate forces that must be balanced by reactions at the restraints. The code allows equipment to be analyzed as though it were a rigid component; however, factors (ap, Rp) are applied within the computation to address flexibility issues for particular equipment types or flexible mounting arrangements. Given the above, the problem can be reduced to a static analysis. The forces acting on the restraints include both shear and tensile components. The application direction of the lateral seismic acceleration can vary and is unknown. Depending on its direction, it is likely that not all of the restraints will be affected or share the load equally. This report will determine the worst case combination of forces at all restraint points for any possible direction that the acceleration can follow to ensure that the restraints are adequate. It is assumed that the equipment is designed to be strong enough to transfer the load from its center of gravity to the restraint connection points without failure. Under some instances (particularly those relating to life support issues in hospital settings) code requirements indicate that critical equipment must be seismically qualified to ensure its continued operation after a seismic event. Special care must be taken in these situations to ensure that the equipment has been certified to meet the maximum anticipated seismic load. VII. ALLOWABLE LOADS: Unless otherwise specified, allowable bolt loads are per the Manual of Steel Construction - AISC 13th Edition. All concrete is assumed to be 2500 psi. For The VMC Group products: Ratings are per test and/or analysis. For Concrete Anchors: Ratings are per ICC ESR reports or Hilti Profis THE VMC 13ROUR Aeroflex International Isolators k Amber/Booth I Korfund Dynamics Vibration Mountings & Controls Sturgeon - In Demand VMA -50955 00 8 of 14 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Pacific Power Group CAM 11/22/2016 VIII. SEISMIC INPUT FORCES These calculations certify that the VMC components and specified hardware, when properly installed, are capable of safely supporting a maximum seismic load based upon the LRFD/ASD load combinations from the building code or ASCE-7: LRFD 1.2D (+/-) 1.0E 0.9D (+/-) 1.0E Where: ASD 1.OD (+/-) 0.7E 0.6D (+/-) 0.7E E = pQE (+/-) 0.2SDsD p = Reliability factor: taken as 1.0 for mechanical and electrical components QE = horizontal seismic force Fp SDs = Design spectral responce D = Dead load (0.2SDsD is taken in the vertical direction) Final Seismic Loading Conditions: 1: Vertical Load (PZ) = (1.2 + 0.2SDS or 1.0 + 0.14SDS)WP Horizontal Load (P),) = FP 2: Vertical Load (PZ) = (0.9 - 0.2SDs or 0.6 - 0.14SDs)WP Horizontal Load (P),) = FP Horizontal Seismic Force per ASCE7: Fp = 0.4apSDS0+2(z/h))Wp (Rp/IP) Where: ap = The attachment amplification factor SDS = Design Spectral Response Acc. at short period SMs = Max Earthquake Spectral Response Acc. for Short Period Fa = Site Coefficient (Use "D" if unknown) Ss = Mapped Spectral Acc. for Short Period z = Height of the equipment attachment to structure. h = Average Roof Height RP = Component Response Modification factor IP = Component Importance factor Wp = The operating weight of the system And: SDs = (2/3)*SMS SMs = FaSs M __O C THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators 1 Amber/Booth 1 Korfund Dynamic l Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT Sturgeon - In Demand JOB / DWG NUMBERREV. VMA -50955 NO. 00 I PAGE NO. 9 of 14 CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Pacific Power Group CAM 11 /22/2016 IX. ANALYSIS METHODOLOGY These calculations follow a similar procedure as set out in ASHRAE Applications Chapter 55. Moments are taken about the center of restraints to create a free -body diagram of the restrained equipment, which is assumed to be rigid. This yields the maximum reaction loads. The calculation spreadsheet that follows uses these dimensions shown here. IRestraint I I locations—\, Ph Center of restraints 4 i Ycgl Ycr i� ? ,J( `�—Xcr fY_ of J Y=0 ------ -Xcg x=o Planview Phy- -- '�_Phx--► Pz Pz hcg k —XCg End Elevation Side Elevation THE VMC GROUP Aeroflex International Isolators I Amber/Booth I Korfund Dynamics I Vibration Mountings & Controls PROJECT JOB / DWG NUMBER REV. NO. PAGE NO. Sturgeon - In Demand VMA -50955 00 10 of 14 I CUSTOMER BY DATE CHECKED DATE Pacific Power Group CAM 11/22/2016 X -i -a: Genset Q LRFD O ASD Calculate the maximum loading at the most critical restraint location. Mfr John Deere Model JD60KW Mn. limit Actual Max. limit Ss = 1.45 ap = 1.0 From the tables: Fp/Wp = 0.434 g's 0.232 g's 2.315 g's z/h = 0.0 Rp = 2.5 Fa = 1.00 DL E Load Combination 1 Site Class D IP = 1.5 S =10.965 1.2 1 Use Group N Calc'd Seismic Design Category D Load Combination 2 0.9 Input Data Calculated Values Weight Hcg Xcg Ycg Horiz g's Vertical g's Phx Pz Max Pz Nin 5354 # 52.2" 76.7" 20.0" 0.434 0.707 1.393 2324 # 7458 # 3786 # Restraint Locations y1 tx1 txy J1 Overturning Rigid Weight Seismic Vertical Loads Distribution Distribution 8.00" 1.00" 2304 361 912 2665 908 # 150 # 1118 1014 40.00" 1.00" 256 361 304 617 820 # 496 # 1512 -1171 72.00" 1.00" 256 361 -304 617 733 842 1906 1328 0.238 104.00" 1.00" 2304 361 -912 2665 645 # 1188 # 2300 1485 3 . 0" 230 36 -912 2665 - 5 - 36 -539 40.00" 39.00" 256 361 -304 617 -733 496 -41 -382 72.00" 39.00" 256 361 304 617 -820 # 842 353 -225 104.00" 39.00" 2304 361 912 2665 -908 # 1188 # 747 -68 0 0 ea oa oa you oa 193.4 deg -0.233 rad 10240 2888 0 13128 ax Reactions per ovation Comp Max Vert 2300 # Tang r max #Vertical Restraints # Horizontal Restr Concrete analysis requires a 1.3 factor per ASCE7. Increase reactions by 30% and apply to anchor. Equipment is attached to concrete using: Pt conc 700 # Ps conc 623 # (8) 518" Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ— CS 518 (3-118) with minimum: 3-1/8" embedment, 3-3/4" edge distance Equipment bas Minimum pad thickness of: 6" at 2500 psi Anchor (By Others) Housekeeping Pad Embedment Pad Depth Thickness y —Edge Distance 0.238 51.6" 8 aints 8 Tens. (Min Vert) ear 539 # www.hiki.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Effective embedment depth: Material: Evaluation Service Report: Issued I Valid: Proof: Stand-off installation: Anchor plate: Profile: Base material: Reinforcement: The VMC Group Bloomingdale, NJ 973-838-17801973-492-8430 Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: Profis Anchor 2.7.1 11 Sturegeon - In Demand 11/22/2016 Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 5/8 (31/8) hef = 3.125 in., hnom = 3.563 in. Carbon Steel ESR -1917 6/1/2016 15/1/2017 Design method ACI 318 / AC193 es = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 0.500 in. Ix x ly x It = 2.000 in. x 2.000 in. x 0.500 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated no profile cracked concrete, 2500, f,,= 2500 psi; h = 6.000 in. tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar yes (D.3.3.6) 6 ;-w - - Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hill AG, Schaan www.hiltl.us Profis Anchor 2.7.1 Company: The VMC Group Page: 12 Specifier: Project: Sturegeon - In Demand Address: Bloomingdale, NJ Sub-Project I Pos. No.: Phone I Fax: 973-838-1780 (973-492-8430 Date: 11/22/2016 E-Mail: 2 Proof I Utilization (Governing Cases) Design values [Ib] Utilization Loading Proof Load Capacity ON / OV [%] Status Tension Concrete Breakout Strength 700 1743 41/- OK Shear Concrete edge failure in direction y+ 623 1092 -/58 OK Loading ON PV C Utilization ON,v Ml Status Combined tension and shear loads 0.402 0.571 5/3 62 OK 3 Warnings • Please consider all details and hints/wamings given in the detailed report! Fastening meets the design criteria! 4 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilli's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and Geared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilt! on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibilityl PROMS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan PAEfFIC POWER GENERATION BRUCE JACKSON w �„l�I\lg STURGEON ELECTRIC 3320 W VALLEY HWY N No changes shall be made to the seodn AUBURN, WA 98001 of v rk without prior approval of mils Building Division SES7M�,,-occhanica) 1\77 :,' IiT t��1T . t ns will require a new plan submittal REQCg: and may ins,:ude additional plan rev;sva fc::s INDEMAND INTERPRETING (Plumbing GENERATOR & ATS SUBMITTAL ((Gas Piping City of T�alavila BUILDIN DIVISION OF . 411 EVIEWED FO - - ��iDE COMPLIA APPROVED FEB 14 201 7 ity of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 3 0 2016 PERMIT CENTER COMM KOO, eo Supplier: DMITRY KRASKOVSKY Pian review sonrovRI is subjeci errors and on1ISSIOnPacific Power Generation Approvtl 1'�I.RNdon dovlponatr 3 dogs rot authodZG7215 S 228th Street I Kent WA 98032 the violicR"o §n adO Bolt; h Ordl?lance. Recei4kraskovsky@pacificpowergen.com 53 520 51111253 350 5170 cell Of approved Fi and iiions to =knowledged: Date: /-' 00 City of Tukwila M 4 AK: Anchorage \ NO I Redmond \ WA: Kent I Ridgefield I Spokane I Toledo InDemand Interpreting 1 IN DEMAND INTERPRETING Generator / ATS TABLE OF CONTENTS Copyof Proposal..................................................................................................................3 General Notes & Clarifications............................................................................................4 MTU4RO113DS60................................................................................................................5 Enclosure(Level 3)...........................................................................................:...................9 ExhaustSilencer CPJS-35...................................................................................................11 Block Heater TP5151GT10-005..........................................................................................12 IsochronousGovernor.......................................................................................................13 Emissions Certificate & Engine Data..................................................................................19 D560Prototype Test Summary..........................................................................................21 Performance Assurance Certificate...................................................................................22 MTU 2-Year/3,000-hour Comp Standby Warranty...........................................................26 Circuit Breaker JDL36250CLC (100% rated, 250amp, LI)...................................................29 Commercial Battery and Battery Rack...............................................................................34 BatteryCharger MicroGenius 10A.....................................................................................36 Fuel System (24hr/140gal Subbase Tank).........................................................................41 MarathonAlternator.........................................................................................................44 Alternator Performance Data 361CSL1602.......................................................................49 MVC63-4 Voltage Regulator..............................................................................................51 MGC -1510 Control Panel.................................................................................................:.53 MTU 4RO113 DS60 Mechanical Drawings.........................................................................61 Subbase Fuel Tank Drawing...............................................................................................63 MTU 4RO113 DS60 Electrical Drawings.............................................................................64 Pre -Startup Checklist/Request Form.................................................................................70 MTU Warranty Startup Validation Form...........................................................................73 GE Automatic Transfer Switch...........................................................................................79 Approximate Weight & Dimensions , Weight: 4,462# (excluding fuel) Length: 115" Width: 40" Height: 90.40" (includes exhaust pipe) InDemand Interpreting 2 PACIFE POWER GENERATION ®�`0a1' = aergy Quotation # 47461 Date 6/16/2016 Project: INDEMAND INTERPRETING Customer: STURGEON ELECTRIC Attention: BRUCE JACKSON Phone: Fax: Sales Rep: DMITRY KRASKOVSKY Phone: 253-520-5111 Fax: 253-850-2631 E-mail: DKRASKOVSKY@pacificpowergen.com Address: 7215 S. 228TH KENT, WA 98032 TOR MODEL: DDC/MTU 60JC6DT2 S RATING: 60 kW Standby VOLTAGE: 120/208 Engine Circuit Breaker 0 Unit mounted radiator ❑✓ MLCB 1 250 Amps ❑ 100% rated 0 Engine block heater volt ❑ GFI ❑ Shunt trip ❑ Aux contacts ID Electronic governor ❑ MLCB 2 Amps [:1100% rated ❑r Battery charger Alarms ❑ GFI ❑ Shunt trip ❑ Aux contacts ❑o Battery ❑✓ Lube oil & antifreeze ❑ MLCB 3 Amps ❑ 100% rated Fuel System ❑ GFI ❑ Shunt trip ❑ Aux contacts ❑ Nat gas ❑ LP gas ❑ LP liquid Controller [:]Auto changeover NG/LP gas ❑ Analog, NFPA-110 compliant ❑✓ Diesel powered ❑✓ Digital, NFPA-110 compliant ❑� Sub -base tank 140 Gallons ❑. Safety shutdowns ❑✓ Auxiliary contacts [:]Free standing tank Gallons ❑ Remote annunciator ❑✓ UL 142 ❑ UL 2085 ❑ Remote PC monitoring ❑ Direct connection ❑✓ Accessories per IFC ❑ Tank pumps & controls ❑ Modbus/Modem ❑ Ethernet Genset Items: Outdoor Application El Sound enclosure 74 dBA @ 23 ft ❑ Weather enclosure Silencer ❑ External ❑ Internal Indoor Application ❑ Silencer & flexible exhaust connector Miscellaneous Z UL 2200 ❑Spare parts [DIntegral vibration isolation E] Vibration isolators shipped loose Warranty 2 / 3000 Whirs 2 O&M Manual (s) ✓ ]ob site start up ❑ Preventive maintenance yr AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH QTY. 1 volts: 120/208 Poles: 3 NEMA: 1 Amps: 260 0 Standard open transition ❑ Programmed transition (time delay in neutral position) ❑ Gosed transition ❑ Service entrance rated QIn-phase monitor ❑✓ Auxiliary contacts [D Exerciser ❑ Digital meters ❑ Bypass isolation switch Withstand and Closing Rating 30,000 amps when coordinated with specific circuit breakers Withstand and Closing Rating n/a amps with any circuit breaker Withstand and Closing Rating amps with current limiting fuse Additional ATS Options: CLARIFICATIONS: Generator and ATS quoted per specification sections: verbal request and Addendum Note: Installation of hard piping, of any kind, exhaust insulation, air ducting, fuel and Quoted Price: Taxes not included. are not included unless FOB: Jobsite, off-loading by others listed. Current lead time: 10-12 weeks after submittal approval and release for production. Terms: Net 30 OAC , subject to standard PPPC terms and conditions of sale. Quote is valid for 30 days. Due to the current volatility and surcharges on some commodities pricing after 30 days will be revised. Please visit httpJ/www.pacificRnrwmrr��mc em/tgeIms for terms and conditions. General Notes & Clarifications General notes to specification— applicable unless otherwise agreed to in writing: • Equipment is quoted with nominal AIC ratings, unless otherwise indicated. Changes in equipment sizing due to selective coordination/overcurrent protection/arc flash studies may require quote revision. Equipment off loading at the job site — by others. • Connection of the load bank leads for testing — by others. • Sound attenuation levels are based on a free field condition of site. Note excessive ambient sound levels will invalidate the results of on-site testing. • Warranty is limited to as stated by the equipment manufacturer, there is no other expressed or implied warranty unless it is in writing by the original equipment manufacturer, see warranty parchment. • Long term storage prior to start-up may affect or limit manufacturer's warranty. Please refer to the specific warranty statement for clarification. No provision for preservation has been made for extended storage of components. • A minimum cancellation or restocking fee of 30% will be charged for any returned or ordered product. • Standby time in excess of %: an hour for startup or training services will be charged out at standard rates • If load bank testing is required and quoted access within 100' of the generator must be provided. • Mounting bolts and anchors are not included. • Pacific Power Products field testing as outlined within our quotation and the project specification is limited to the equipment within our scope of supply. • Installation or interconnection work required, such as plumbing, wiring, exhaust, mounting pad etc, including any off-engine/generator wiring or plumbing between loose items supplied and customer furnished systems are by others. • Fuel for testing and for initial fill of fuel tank is not included - by others. • Factory standard supplied fuel tank venting only, any additional venting required by local building or fire codes is not included. • Product delivered on-site must be protected from rain/water egress and other detrimental environment factors. o Coolant and water treatment additives for remote radiator applications are not included. Products used must be approved by the engine manufacturer. InDemand Interpreting 4 DIESEL GENERATOR SFT MTU 4R0113 DS60 60 We / 60 Hz /Standby 208-600V Reference MTU 4110113 DS60 (55 I(We) for Prime Rating Technical Data SYSTEM RATINGS Standby ri N ---4,11 --4 _u 361CSL1602 . ........ . ....... 130 °C/40 °C ................................... 12 LEAD WYE CERTIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS // Emissions - EPA Tier 3 Certified Generator set is designed and manufactured in facilities certified to standards ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001:2004 Seismic Certification - Optional - IBC Certification UL 2200 CSA - Optional -JUL 2200 Listed - CSA Certified 200 172 172 172 ......... .... .......... .._..._.. ..._. ...... ....._. _.._..._._.... 361CSL1602 361CSL1602 361CSL1601 361PSL1633 130 °C/40 °C 130 °C/40 °C 130 °C/40 °C 130 °C/40 °C 12 LEAD DELTA 12 LEAD WYE 12 LEAD WYE 4 LEAD WYE Performance Assurance Certification (PAC) - Generator Set Tested to ISO 8528-5 for Transient Response - Verified product design, quality and performance integrity - All engine systems are prototype and factory tested Power Rating - Accepts Rated Load in One Step Per NFPA 110 InDemand Interpreting 5 Phase 1 1 PF1 1 ..... _... _...... Hz 60 60 ...._.... _...... kW __._. 6060 kVA .................. .... 60 ....................................... 60 Amps ........... 250 .................... _ ........ 250 ................... skVA@30% ..................................... ...................................... Voltage Dip 127 130 Generator Model 362CSL1604 361CSL1613 Temp Rise ................................ 130 °C/40 °C ........................ 130 °C/40 °C ..............._..._. __........... Connection 12 LEAD 4 LEAD DOUBLE DELTA " UL 2200 Offered ri N ---4,11 --4 _u 361CSL1602 . ........ . ....... 130 °C/40 °C ................................... 12 LEAD WYE CERTIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS // Emissions - EPA Tier 3 Certified Generator set is designed and manufactured in facilities certified to standards ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001:2004 Seismic Certification - Optional - IBC Certification UL 2200 CSA - Optional -JUL 2200 Listed - CSA Certified 200 172 172 172 ......... .... .......... .._..._.. ..._. ...... ....._. _.._..._._.... 361CSL1602 361CSL1602 361CSL1601 361PSL1633 130 °C/40 °C 130 °C/40 °C 130 °C/40 °C 130 °C/40 °C 12 LEAD DELTA 12 LEAD WYE 12 LEAD WYE 4 LEAD WYE Performance Assurance Certification (PAC) - Generator Set Tested to ISO 8528-5 for Transient Response - Verified product design, quality and performance integrity - All engine systems are prototype and factory tested Power Rating - Accepts Rated Load in One Step Per NFPA 110 InDemand Interpreting 5 STANDARD FEATURES* MTU Onsite Energy is a single source supplier Global Product Support 2 Year Standard Warranty 4045HF280 Diesel Engine - 4.5 Liter Displacement - Mechanical Injection Pump - 4 -Cycle Engine -generator resilient mounted Complete Range of Accessories STANDARD EQUIPMENT* // Engine 2 / // / hfl U AR0113 DS60 (60 Ifflo) - Steandtgs Generator - Brushless, Rotating Field Generator - 2/3 Pitch Windings - 300% Short Circuit Capability with Optional Permanent Magnet Generator (PMG) Digital Control Panel(s) - LIL Recognized, CSA Certified, NFPA 110 - Complete System Metering - LCD Display Cooling System - Integral Set -Mounted - Engine -Driven Fan // Digital Control Panel(s) // Generator _............................._ .__ ... NEMA MG 1, IEEE and ANSI standards compliance for temperature rise and motor starting Self -Ventilated and Drip -Proof .......... ....- Superior Voltage Waveform Solid State, Volts -per -Hertz Regulator ........... t1%Voltage Regulation No Load to Full Load Brushless Alternator with Brushless Pilot Exciter .................................................................................................................................................................. 4 Pole, Rotating Field ............................................. _................. ................_....._....._._............._............... I ................ ......__...._ * Represents standard product only. Consult Factory/MTU Onsite Energy Distributor for additional configurations. InDemand Interpreting 6 3 /1/ / N ¢ U 4RO113 DS60 (60 kkkfe) - StandNy APPLICATION DATA // Engine .......... ._ . Manufacturer ...... ..1 1.11... _11 ... 11.... ... John Deere Model ......... ........ ---111.1-1- 1 111.1. _........._. 4045HF280 Type 4 -Cycle Arrangement 4 -Inline 1111 Displacement: L (in') 4.5 (275) ....._.......... Bore: cm (in) 10.6(4.19) 1. Stroke: cm (in) -.1 ....................................... .......... . 12.7(5) Compression Ratio .................................................................................................................................................................. 19.0:1 Rated RPM .................................11... _..._...__........,.. 1,800 ............... Engine Governor Mechanical Droop ........ .1111.. _. .......... _ ...1111 . Max. Power: kWm (bhp) ........ 74 (99) ......1111.. _ _......... . Speed Regulation t0.5% Air Cleaner ........ ... ......... ...... Dry // Liquid Capacity (Lubrication) ........ . Total Oil System: L (gal) 13(3.4) 11,11_. __...._._..............._.. ... ____.._.... Engine Jacket Water Capacity: L (gal) 8.5 (2.3) ....... System Coolant Capacity: L (gal) 16.7 (4.4) ....... ....1111 .......1.1.11 ..................... .............. 1111......,... ............. .......1.111 // Electrical ........ Electric Volts DC 12 Cold Cranking Amps Under -17.8 °C(0 °F) 925 ...... ..... // Fuel System Fuel Supply Connection Size _..._..... ___..... 1111 _. _ _ 3/8" NPT Fuel Return Connection Size .......... ............. .......... 3/8" NPT Max. Fuel Lift: m (ft) ............._............................,.................._....................................._. 1.8(6) Recommended Fuel ..................................................................................................................................1...1..1..1................... Diesel #2 Total Fuel Flow: L/hr (gal/hr) 1111 ..1111 ... 1111..._ ................_ 1111. _ 113 (29.9) // Fuel Consumption 11.11 ......... ......... At 100% of Power Rating: L/hr (gal/hr) 19.3 (5.1) ....... ......... 1111. ... _ _ ......._. ................ At 75% of Power Rating: L/hr (gal/hr) 14.8 (3.9) . ....... At 50% of Power Rating: L/hr(gal/hr) 10.6 (2.8) ...........- ..........11.11.... // Cooling -Radiator System _._.................... ............._......................... ........................ __........_...._ Ambient Capacity of .. Radiator: *C (°F) 50 (122) ... .... ......... .... ................................ ................_..................................................... Max. Restriction of Cooling Air: Intake and Discharge Side of Rad.: kPa (in. H 0) 0.12 (0.5) _ 0) .. 1111 _ .. 1111. _........... Water Pump Capacity: L/min (gpm) 144 (38) .......................... ...._.......... ......__......_. Heat Rejection to Coolant: kW (BTUM) 35 (1,979) ................. 1111 1111 ._ .............. Heat Rejection to Air to Air: kW (BTUM) 5 (278) 11 11 ........_ 1111... 1111 Heat Radiated to Ambient: kW (BTUM) 10.9 (619) _.........._ .._..._.._.._ 1111 _. 1111 1111. Fan Power: kW (hp) 1.16(l.55) .....1111.. _ ... ._..__...... - // Air Requirements ...1111.. - ....1111........ Aspirating: *m3/min (SCFM) 5.4 (191) 11 .... ......._. .. ........................... _.._............. Air Flow Required for Rad. Cooled Unit: *M3/ min (SCFM) 91 (3,162) .................. __..._.__..._..._..._.._.. Remote Cooled Applications; Air Flow Required for Dissipation of Radiated Generator Set Heat for a Max. of 25 °F Rise: *m3/min (SCFM) 40 (1,396) ............ ...... .._......1..._ .11.1..._..11 * Air density = 1.184 kg/m3 (0.0739 Ibm/ft3) // Exhaust System ... . 1 1.11 _. ........ . Gas Temp. (Stack): *C (°F) ...................... 545 (1,013) Gas Volume at Stack Tem.................. .................._....__....................._....................__._.......__._........._......_._.........-.-_.__......_... Max. Allowable BackPressure kPa (in H 0) _....... 1111_. ..z........... 1111.. 1111__ 1111 7.5(30) Min. Allowable Back Pressure: kPa (in. H a 0) ....... _ ......... . N/A InDemand Interpreting 7 WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS 4 / 0 / MTU 480113 DS60 (60 We:) - Standby ffi (Drawing above for illustration purposes only, based on standard open power 480 volt generator set_. Lengths may vary with other voltages. Do not use for installation design. See website for unit specific template drawings. Refer to page 61-63 EMISSIONS DATA 3.5 0.97 0.32 1. ....... -.1-1 ................... 1............................................................................................. All units are in g/hp-hr and shown at 100% load (not comparable to EPA weighted cycle values). Emission levels of the engine may vary with ambient temperature, barometric pressure, humidity, fuel type and quality, installation parameters, measuring instrumentation, etc. The data was obtained in compliance with US EPA regulations. The weighted cycle value (not shown) from each engine is guaranteed to be within the US EPA Standards. 5 -mode emission data per 40 CFR 89 or 40 CFR 1039 (as applicable) is available upon request. C/F = Consult Factory/MTU Onsite Energy Distributor N/A =Not Available MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com RATING DEFINITIONS AND CONDITIONS Standby ratings apply to installations served by a reliable utility source. The standby rating is applicable to varying loads for the duration of a power outage. No overload capability for this rating. Ratings are in accordance with ISO 3046-1, BS 5514, and AS 2789. Average load factor: <_ 85%. Deration Factor: Altitude: Consult your local MTU Onsite Energy Power Generation Distributor for altitude derations. Temperature: Consult your local MTU Onsite Energy Power Generation Distributor for temperature derations. InDemand Interpreting 8 �A ENCLOSURE AND SOUND DATA SHEET- DIESEL OPEN FIELD �W[jnnsirte ener gSI 60 Hz: 30-60 kW Standby / 27-55 kW Prime 50 Hz: 34-55 kVA Standby / 30-50 kVA Prime Level 1 Enclosure (pictured)` Level 3 Enclosure (pictured)' ENCLOSURE LEVEL IDENTIFICATION Level 1 Basic weather -protective enclosure constructed of heavy gauge steel or aluminum with fixed stormproof panels designed for 190 mph wind load rating. Skid -mounted enclosure consists of a bolted and welded construction with unit -mounted internal muffler. Hinged, lockable double -door access on both sides of the enclosure. Level 2 Enhanced weather -protective enclosure constructed of heavy gauge steel or aluminum with fixed stormproof panels designed for 190 mph wind load rating. Skid -mounted enclosure consists of a bolted and welded construction with unit - mounted internal muffler. Hinged, lockable double -door access on both sides of enclosure. UL 94 HF -1 compliant, 1.5" thick sound attenuated foam insulation installed inside enclosure walls where applicable. Level 3 Level 2 enclosure with air exhaust scoop with UL 94 HF -1 compliant, 1.5" thick sound attenuated foam insulation installed where applicable. CERTIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS • UL 2200 • CSA • ISO 9001:2008 STANDARD FEATURES FOR ALL LEVELS • Heavy material construction - I Steel Enclosure: 14 gauge or greater - Aluminum Enclosure: 0.09" thick or greater • 190 mph wind rating • Serviceability access - Double door access gives ease of serviceability to all components • Pitched roof • Rain shroud and rain cap • Rodent barriers • Exhaust scoop access panel and drain • Hardware - Powder coated hinges with stainless steel pins - Key -lockable and pad -lockable powder coated door handles • Powder Coat Finish Paint: ANSI 61 Grey standard - Custom colors available upon request • Internal silencer - Insulated mufflers - Level 1: Industrial Grade Level 2/3: Hos ital Grade InDemand Interpreting 9 ENCLOSURE AND SOUND DATA SHEET - DIESEL Ons ft OPEN FIELD m*U �ener 9S/ 60 Hz: 30-60 kW Standby / 27-55 kW Prime 50 Hz: 34-55 kVA Standby / 30-50 kVA Prime HEAVY MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION HANDLES .. \ I DOOR HINGES EXHAUST SCOOP - ACCESS PANEL RODENT BARRIERS DOUBLE DOOR ACCESS Level 3 Enclosure (pictured)* ENGINE EXHAUST SOUND RATINGS dB(A) AT 1 METER OPU SOUND RATINGS dB(A) AT 1 METER ENCLOSURE SOUND RATINGS dB(A) AT 7 METERS RAIN SNRC I111ERNAL SILENCER PITCHED 7 Meters POWDER COAT Application Model kw Engine Exhaust Ili FINISH PAINT HEAVY MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION HANDLES .. \ I DOOR HINGES EXHAUST SCOOP - ACCESS PANEL RODENT BARRIERS DOUBLE DOOR ACCESS Level 3 Enclosure (pictured)* ENGINE EXHAUST SOUND RATINGS dB(A) AT 1 METER OPU SOUND RATINGS dB(A) AT 1 METER ENCLOSURE SOUND RATINGS dB(A) AT 7 METERS III Undampened engine exhaust noise (2) Measurement with infinite exhaust connection NOTE: • Measurements include exhaust noise • Aluminum enclosure sound levels are approximately 2 dB(A) higher than listed sound levels for steel enclosures • Sound pressure levels subject to instrumentation, measurement, installation, and generator set variability • Sound power levels per ISO 8528-10 and ANSI S 1.13-2005 • Sound data measured with: - Full -rated load - Standard radiator package C/F = Consult Factory Note: Visual appearance may differ between power nodes. MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.tntuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 10 1 Meter 7 Meters Application Model Power Node Engine Exhaust Ili OPU (2) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 60 Hz Standby MTU 3R0096 DS30 30 kW 101.6 84.1 79.2 72.4 69.6 MTU 4R01 13 DS40 40 kW C/F C/F 84.3 7771 MTU 4R0113 DS50 50 kW 105.1 1 91.6 84.6 1 76.7 1 71.5 MTU 4R0113 DS60 60 kW 107 1 87.6 83.9 1 77.2 73.4 III Undampened engine exhaust noise (2) Measurement with infinite exhaust connection NOTE: • Measurements include exhaust noise • Aluminum enclosure sound levels are approximately 2 dB(A) higher than listed sound levels for steel enclosures • Sound pressure levels subject to instrumentation, measurement, installation, and generator set variability • Sound power levels per ISO 8528-10 and ANSI S 1.13-2005 • Sound data measured with: - Full -rated load - Standard radiator package C/F = Consult Factory Note: Visual appearance may differ between power nodes. MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.tntuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 10 "CPJ" COMPACT SILENCER em TYPICAL ATTENUATION - 19 TO 25 dB(A) PRODUCTS' This small, economical silencer provides a modest level of attenuation in a compressed design by utilizing both absorptive and reactive designs. It is ideally suited for equipment operating in environments where noise levels are moderate. --B Cl 0 0 0 0 A O O O O End Inlet/ End Outlet Side Inlet /End Outlet 2722 EA 15.5 CPJS-02-90019730 13.25 L 6.75 33 3CPJE-25-90019721 - Male NPT on 3.5" and smaller ca 15.5 CPJS-25-90019731 13.25 5.50 6.75 34 15 3CPJE-03-90019722 cc T - 17.0 -0B 15.00 6.50 Side Inlet /End Outlet Dimensions are in inches. Weight is in pounds and is approximate. STANDARD CONSTRUCTION 2722 CPJE-02-90019720 15.5 CPJS-02-90019730 13.25 5.50 6.75 33 3CPJE-25-90019721 - Male NPT on 3.5" and smaller ca 15.5 CPJS-25-90019731 13.25 5.50 6.75 34 15 3CPJE-03-90019722 cc 17.0 CPJS-03-90019732 15.00 6.50 9.50 65 4CPJE-35-90019723 5 20.0 CPJS-35-90019733 18.00 7.75 10.00 86 4CPJE-04-90019724 25.0 CPJS-04-90019734 22.00 9.50 10.00 110 5CPJE-05-90019725 6CPJE-06-90019726 26.5 38.5 CPJS-05-90019735 CPJS-06-90019736 23.50 35.50 10.25 16.25 12.00 14.00 161 269 8CPJE-08-90019727 38.5 CPJS-08-90019737 35.50 16.25 15.00 343 10CPJE-10-90019728 46.0 CPJS-10-90019738 43.00 20.00 18.00 546 Dimensions are in inches. Weight is in pounds and is approximate. STANDARD CONSTRUCTION • Aluminized steel construction 30 • Coated with satin black paint rated to 12001 • Connections: 25 - Male NPT on 3.5" and smaller ca 20 -125/150# ANSI flanges on 4" and larger • Shell packed with fiberglass insulation to absorb high frequency 15 sound waves and reduce outer surface temperature cc • Stainless steel available along with additional inlet/outlet and 10 mounting options - Contact factory for details Q 5 CUSTOMIZATION • Chart refers to standard product offering • Custom configurations, materials, connections, overall dimensions, etc. • Contact factory with your project's design requirements and specifications 0 1- 63 Typical Attenuation Curve 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz) _.o Exhaust Silencing & Emissions Solutions I MIRATECH Prior Lake, MN 55372 1 phone (952) 440-9200 1 fax (952) 440-3400 1 www.miratechcorp.com InDemand Interpreting 11 28 WATER HEATER TPS Series Data Sheet aDonsite energy The TPS engine preheater is designed to preheat diesel and gas engines in generator set applications. Simple to install and very lightweight, the TPS engine preheater features a built-in thermostat and heats engines with up to 12L displacement. Thermosiphon circulation of the coolant delivers heat throughout the entire engine. CERTIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS • c -UL -us Listed • CE Compliant SPECIFICATIONS Height: Width: Weight: Heating Fluid: Power: Voltage.Range: Tank Material: Heating Element: Enclosure: Fluid Capacity: Max Pressure: Inlet / Outlet: Thermostat Range: On Off OUTLET I- - " H 0 0 ®O, INLET 1!t w �! 200 mm (7.9 in) 117 mm (4.6 in) 771 g (1.7 Ib) Engine coolant (50% glycol/50% water) 0.5, 1.5, 1.8 and 2 kW (2 kW available at 240 V only) 120 and 240 V Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS) Incoloy 800 IP41 416 cm3 (0.11 gal) 6.2 bar (90 psi) 15.9 mm (0.625 in) 38 °C (100 °F) 49 °C (120 °F) Model Number MTU Onsite Energy Part Number Watts Volts Phase Hz Amps TPS10IGT10-000 SUA52746 1,000 120 1 60 8.4 TPS 151GT10-000 SUA52748 1,707=10 1 60 12.5 TPS181GT10-000 SUA52750 1,800 1 120 1 60 15 MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com InOemand Interpreting 12 0 0 N // Page 7 of 1 oiinmm� uiuw WOODWARD CE Description APECS DPG-21XX-OOX Digital Controllers for Isochronous Generators ^IIFIpI�l I1�N.IR/11 WOOD ARD- DPG-21XX-OOX digital controllers are used primarily to govern diesel or gas fueled engines of generator sets. This microprocessor -based, digital controller performs across a wide speed range and allows adjustment of set speed and gain parameters with the built-in user interface. The COMM port provides access to all other controller settings, allowing adaptation to each application during service and initial configuration. Separately programmable Proportional, Integral, and Derivative gains are provided for tailoring controller response to many engine applications. Other adjustments include acceleration and deceleration ramp rates, idle speed set, hold time, and more. Properly tuned, this controller delivers fast engine response to speed or load change while providing precise stable isochronous operation. The controller's internal FAILSAFE reacts instantly to loss of the engine speed signal, allowing the actuator to return to minimum fuel. Actuator Compatibility DYNA 2000 DYNA 70000 DYNA 8000 APECS 0150 EPG 512 DYNA 2500 DYNA 70025 DYNA 8200 APECS 0250 EPG 1724 DYNA 10141 DYNA 8400 APECS 0300 Power Flow Series Gas Valves APECS Linkage Free Integral Type Other Models Available DPG -2200 Series — for Genset Applications DPG -2300 Series — for Off -Road Vehicles DPG -2400 Series —for EFC Applications Calibration Tool DPG Calibration Kit P/N 8447-1003 InDemand Interpreting 13 Product Specification 36502D • Isochronous speed control • Precision frequency control: 0.25% • Superior temperature stability • Reverse battery protection • Input voltage range: 9-30 Vdc • Smoke control on start up • Remote setup • Serial communications port Woodward 36502D o.2 Specifications DPG-21XX-OOX controllers are compliant with applicable CE Directives—EMC. The controller's main electrical and mechanical specifications are listed here along with several performance characteristics. The table below shows the controller series' five available hardware configurations. Model No. Connector Style Options Speed Sensing Options Adj. Set Speeds Remote Speed INC and DEC 7 -wire Euro 12 -pin Molex Magnetic Pickup Ignition Sense DPG-2101-OOX ✓ 40 V minimum'during cranking ✓ 1 + idle DPG-2145-OOX ✓ ✓ 2 + idle ✓ DPG-2146-OOX ✓ ✓ 1 + idle DPG-2155-OOX ✓ ✓ 2 + idle ✓ Electrical Operating Voltage Range: 9-30 Vdc * Rated Output Current: 7 A Maximum (continuous) Maximum Surge Current: 14 A (not to exceed ten seconds) Connections: Terminal strip with 7 Euro style terminals or a quick connector with 12 pins Input Signal from Magnetic Pickup: 2.0 VAC RMS minimum during cranking Input Signal from Engine's Ignition System: 40 V minimum'during cranking (*) All cabling for these controllers is limited to less than 30m (98.4'). Power cabling is limited to less than 10m (32.8') in total length. See wiring diagrams in User Manual 36526 for specific cable types required. Mechanical Ambient Operating Temperature: -40°F to +185°F (-40°C to +85°C) Sealing: Oil, water, and dust resistant via conformal Governing Speed Rangewith MPU: coating and die cast enclosure Weight: 10 oz. (284 g) Performance Steady State Speed Band: t .25% over ambient operating temperature range Engine Speed MPU Measurement Range: 10 MPU Hertz to 14,000 MPU Hertz Governing Speed Rangewith MPU: 500 MPU Hertz to 11,000 MPU Hertz Engine Speed Ignition Measurement Ran e: 2 Hertz to 350 Hertz Governing Speed Range with i 25 Hertz to 300 Hertz — Ignition: Suggested Mating Connectors for DPG-2145-OOX & DPG-2155-OOX Models AMP 770581-1 Mini universal Mate -N -Lock AMP 171637-3 or 794407-3 Duplex finish socket AMP 90707.1 Crimping hand tool for 18 gauge wire AMP 408-4137 Crimping documentation AMP 189727-1 Socket extraction tool InDemand Interpreting 14 Woodward 36502D o.3 Parameter Reference The parameter list provides information regarding each of the parameters that can be adjusted when a computer is connected to the controller via the COMM port and Universal PST program. The COMM port and Universal PST are intended only for configuration and periodic service. Do not leave a computer and/or COMM cable connected to the COMM port. The following table lists each of the parameters and their default, minimum, and maximum values. Several of the parameters have minimum and maximum values set by other parameters. Speed and Rate values are shown as Hertz values. All Speed and Rate values are shown as Hertz values (parameters 2, 4, 14-16,20-22,2S-26). Changing the value of parameter i will cause different default values to be displayed based on the Hertz to RPM formula. These parameters can be changed with PST max by 100 (MPU input) or 10 (IGNITION input) at once when engine is running. InDemand Interpreting 15 PARAMETER LIST FOR DPG-2101-OOX (MPU) & DPG-2146-OOX (IGNITION) (These controllers use the 7 -terminal Euro style screw terminal connector.) PARAMETER NAME DEFAULT MINIMUM MAXIMUM Opt. 1. No. of Flywheel Teeth or Pulses per revolution -001 0 0 0 002 0 0 572 Req. 2. Set Speed A 1000 (25) Set Speed A Min Set Speed A Max N/A 3. Not Available Opt. 4. Idle Speed 50 (20) Idle Speed Min Idle Speed Max Req. S. Proportional 2S 1 99 Req. 6. Integral 50 0 99 Req. 7. Derivative 25 0 99 Req. 8.OVG @ Set Speed A Use the controller's built-in GAIN potentiometer N/A 9. Not Available Opt. 10.OVG @ Idle Speed 20 1 99 Req. 11. Gain Factor 20 (40) 1 99 Req. 12. Speed Filter 16 (4) 1 24 Opt. 13. Idle Hold Time 0 0 9999 Opt. 14. Accel Rate 1000 (3000) 1 9999 Opt. 15. Decel Rate 1000 (3000) 1 9999 Opt. 16. Startup Rate 1000 (3000) 1 9999 Opt. 17. Integral Low Limit 0 0 Integral High Limit Opt. 18. Integral High Limit 99 integral Low Limit 99 N/A 19. Password Not Available Opt. 20. Over Speed Limit -001 100 0 100 -002 15000(450) 0 15000(450) Opt. 21. Set Speed A Min 10 (2) 10 (2) Set Speed A Opt. 22. Set Speed A Max 11000 (300) Set Speed A 11000 (300) N/A 23. Not Available N/A 24. Not Available Opt. 25. Idle Speed Min 10 (2) 10 (2) Idle Speed Opt. 26. Idle Speed Max 11000 (300) Idle Speed 11000 (300) Opt. 27. Duty Cycle Limit 95 10 95 Req. 28. Startup Speed 1000(2S) 10 (2) 11000 (300) Opt. 29. Startup Duty Cycle 30 5 95 Req. = Parameter adjustment is required to achieve basic governing. Opt. = Parameter use is optional. NA = Parameter is not available. Default, Minimum and Maximum values in parenthesis apply when the controller uses ignition pulses to sense engine speed, which would be the case for a DPG-2146-OOX controller All Speed and Rate values are shown as Hertz values (parameters 2, 4, 14-16,20-22,2S-26). Changing the value of parameter i will cause different default values to be displayed based on the Hertz to RPM formula. These parameters can be changed with PST max by 100 (MPU input) or 10 (IGNITION input) at once when engine is running. InDemand Interpreting 15 Woodward 36502D DA Parameter Reference (contd.) The following table lists each of the parameters and their default, minimum, and maximum values. Several of the parameters have minimum and maximum values set by other parameters. Speed and Rate values are shown as Hertz values. All Speed and Rate values are shown as Hertz values (parameters 2-4, 14-16, 20-26). Changing the value of parameter 1 will cause different default values to be displayed based on the Hertz to RPM formula. These parameters can be changed with PST max by 100 (MPU input) or 10 (IGNITION input) at once when engine is running. InDemand Interpreting 16 PARAMETER LIST FOR DPG-2155-OOX (MPU) & DPG-2145-OOX (IGNITION) (These controllers use the 12 -terminal quick connect.) PARAMETER NAME DEFAULT MINIMUM MAXIMUIIV Opt. i\No. of Flywheel Teeth'or Pulses per Revolution -001 0 0 -002 0 0 572 Req. 2. Set Speed A 1000 (25) Set Speed A Min et Speed A Max Opt. 3. Set Spe&\B 1000 (25) Set Speed B Min Set Speed B Max Opt. 4. Idle Speed 50 (20) Idle Speed Min Idle Speed Max Req. 5. Proportional 25 1 99 Req. 6.lntegral �` 50 0 99 Req. 7. Derivative 25 99 Req. 8.OVG @ Set Speed A Use the controller built-in GAIN potentiometer Opt. 9.OVG @ Set Speed B 20 1 99 Opt. 10.OVG @ Idle Speed 20 1 99 Req. 11. Gain Factor �\ 20 (40) 1 99 Req. 12. Speed Filter 16 (4) 1 24 Opt. 13. Idle Hold Time 0 0 9999 Opt. 14. Acce) Rate 1000 000) 1 9999 Opt. 15. Decel Rate 19643000) 1 9999 Opt. 16. Startup Rate 000(3\000) 1 9999 Opt. 17. Integral Low Limit 0 0 Integral High Limit Opt. 18. Integral High Limit 99 Integral Low Limit 99 N/A 19. Password Not Available Opt. 20. Over Speed Limit -001 100 0 100 002/ 15000 (450) 0 15000 (450) Opt. 21. Set Speed A Min 10 (2) t10 (2) Set Speed A Opt. 22. Set Speed A Max 11000 (300) Set Speed A 11000 (300) Opt. 23. Set Speed B Mi 10 (2) 10 (2)\ Set Speed A Opt. 24. Set Speed B pax 11000 (300) Set Speed 11000 (300) Opt. 25. Idle Speed Min 10 (2) 10 (2) Idle Speed Opt. 26. Idle Sped Max 11000 (300) Idle Speed 11000 (300) Opt. 27. Dut'Cycle Limit 95 10 95 Req. 28. Startup Speed 1000 (25) 10 (2) '4000 (300) Opt. /Startup Duty Cycle 30 5 95 //2 Req. = P,Srameter adjustment is required to achieve basic governing. \ Opt. =Parameter use is optional. NA = Parameter is not available. D fault, Minimum and Maximum values in parenthesis apply when the controller uses ignition pulses to sense engine speed, which would be the case for a DPG-2145-OOX controller. All Speed and Rate values are shown as Hertz values (parameters 2-4, 14-16, 20-26). Changing the value of parameter 1 will cause different default values to be displayed based on the Hertz to RPM formula. These parameters can be changed with PST max by 100 (MPU input) or 10 (IGNITION input) at once when engine is running. InDemand Interpreting 16 Woodward 36502D o.5 Parameter Reference (contd.) The following table lists each of the parameters and their default, minimum, and maximum values. Several of the parameters have minimum and maximum values set by other parameters. Speed and Rate values are shown as Hertz values. \ ` PARAMETER LIST FOR DPG-2111-OOX (These controllers use the 7 -terminal Euro style screw terminal connector.) \ PARAMETER NAME DEFAULT MINIMUM MAXIMUM N/A \1. Number of Flywheel Teeth 0 0 0 Req. 2. 1 Speed A 1000 Set Speed A Min Set Speed A Max N/A 3. Not Available Opt. 4. Idle peed 50 Idle Speed Min Idle Speed Max Req. S. Proportional 25 1 99 Req. 6. lntegral 50 0 99 Req. 7. Derivative 25 0 99 Req. \ 8.OVG @ Set Speed A 20 1 99 The controller's built-in dAIN ADJUST potentiometer provides a +/-2091. adjustment range of the nominal gain value entered. N/A 9. Not Available Opt. 10.OVG @ Idle Speed 20 1 99 Req. 11. Gain Factor 20 1 99 Req. 12. Speed Filter 16 1 24 Opt. 13. Idle Hold Time 0 0 9999 Opt. 14. Accel Rate 1000 1 9999 Opt. 15. Decel Rate X000 1 9999 Opt. 16. Startup Rate 1000 1 9999 Opt. 17. Integral Low Limit 0 0 Integral High Limit Opt. 18. Integral High Limit 99Integral Low Limit 99 N/A 19. Password Not Available Opt. 20. Over Speed Limit 100 0 100 Opt. 21. Set Speed A Min 10 1b Set Speed A Opt. 22. Set Speed A Max/ 11000 Set Speed\A 11000 N/A 23. Not Available N/A 24. Not Available Opt. 25. Idle Speed Min 10 10 Idle Speed Opt. 26. Idle Sped Max 11000 Idle Speed 11000 Opt. 27. D4VCycle Limit 95 10 95 Req. 28. Startup Speed 1000 10 11000 Opt. 29�/Startup Duty Cycle 30 5 95 Req. = Parah eter adjustment is required to achieve basic governing. Opt. = Pa4 meter use is optional. N/A = Parameter is not available. \ InDemand Interpreting 17 Woodward 36502D D.6 European Compliance for CE Marking EMC DIRECTIVE Declared to 89/336/EEC COUNCIL DIRECTIVE of 03 May 1989 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. See the Declaration of Conformity in Manual 36526 and Manual 36536 (DPG -2111-00X). EMC LIMITATIONS Cabling All cabling for this unit is limited to less than 30m (98.4'). Power cabling is limited to less than 10m (32.8') in total length from its source; power is intended to be from a local bus structure. The control is not intended to have a power bus that is derived from a plant -wide distribution system, remote source, or similar "mains" type distribution systems. The power to the control should also be a dedicated circuit, directly to the battery or source via a power and return wire that are routed together. See Manual 36526 and Manual 36536 for additional regulatory information, limitations, and wiring diagrams with specific, required cable types. Power Bus The power bus is intended to be a local bus and to have inductive load kickback events suppressed. Therefore, the control's power input is not designed to withstand a charging system load dump, heavy inductive kickbacks, or heavy surge type pulses. If the control is installed outside its intended usage, as described in this manual, centralized voltage pulse suppression should be implemented to help protect the control and other components on the bus. (See the installation instructions in User Manual 36526.) COMM Port The COMM port is intended to be a service port, with only temporary connection during service or initial . configuration. The COMM port is susceptible to some EMC phenomena and possible unintentional battery return currents. 1. Battery return (B-) is also the communication signal common; typically PCs connect the communication signal's common to protective earth. The PC grounding can provide an unintended return path for B- currents. If B- and the PC are grounded to protective earth, a communication isolator should be used between the PC and the control. Damage to the PC or control, and/or unintended operation may result from a broken battery return wire or the parallel path. 2. The pins inside the COMM port plug are susceptible to damage by ESD discharges, static electricity arcs. Care should be taken not to touch them with tools or put fingers into the port. Always touch your hand or tool to a grounded piece of metal (discharge ESD) before coming in contact with the COMM port. 3. The input is susceptible to RF noise such as switching transients and transmitter signals coupled into the communication cable. Cable orientation and short cable length may be used to eliminate these issues, depending on the severity of the environment. Related Documentation Manual 36526: DPG-2101-OOX / DPG-2145-OOX / DPG-2146-OOX / DPG-2155-OOX Manual 36536: DPG-2111-OOX W O O D W A R D For more information contact: PO Box 1519, Fort Collins CO, USA 80522-1519 1000 East Drake Road, Fort Collins CO 80525 Tel.: +1 (970) 482-5811 • Fax: +1 (970) 498-3058 www.woodward.com Distributors $ Service Woodward has an international network of distributors and service facilities. For your nearest representative, call the Fort Collins plant or see the Worldwide Directory on our website. This document is distributed for informational purposes only. It is not to be construed as creating or becoming part of any Woodward Governor Company contractual or warranty obligation unless expressly stated in a written sales contract. ©Woodward 2010, All Rights Reserved InDemand Interpreting 18 2011 /1 /Skokie oWfa UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 2016 MODEL YEAR CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY WITH THE CLEAN AIR ACT OFFICE OF TRANSPORTATION AND AIR QUALITY ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN 48105 Certificate Issued To: Deere & Company Effective Date: Issue Date: (U.S. Manufacturer or Importer) 07/24/2015 07/24/2015 Certificate Number: GJDXL04.5141-005 Expiration Date - Revision Date: Byron J unker, Division Director N/A 12/31/2016 ompliance Division Model Year: 2016 Mobile/Stationary Indicator: Stationary Manufacturer Type: Original Engine Manufacturer Emissions Power Category: 56<=kW<75 Engine Family: GJDXL04.5141 Fuel Type: Diesel After Treatment Devices: No After Treatment Devices Installed Non -after Treatment Devices: Smoke Puff Limiter, Non-standard Non -After Treatment Device Installed, Engine Design Modification Pursuant to Section 111 and Section 213 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. sections 7411 and 7547) and 40 CFR Part 60, and subject to the terms and conditions prescribed in those provisions, this certificate of conformity is hereby issued with respect to the test engines which have been found to conform. to applicable�requirements and which represent the following engines, by engine family, more fully described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and produced in the stated model year. This certificate of conformity covers only those new compression -ignition engines which conform in all material respects to the design specifications that applied to those engines described in the documentation required by 40 CFR Part 60 and which are produced during the model year stated on thi certificate of the said manufacturer, as defined in 40 CFR Part 60. It is a term of this certificate that the manufacturer shall consent to all inspections described in 40 GFR 10.8 and authorized in a warrant or court order. Failure to comply with the requirements of such a WGF warrantor court order may lead to revocation or suspension of this certificate forreasons specified inart 60. It is also a term of this certificate that this certificate may be revoked or suspended or rendered void ab initio for other reasons specified in 40 CFR Part 60. 1 This certificate does not cover engines sold, offered for sale, or introduced, or delivered for ntrodu tion into commerce in the U.S. prior to the effective date of the certificate. Al InDemand Interpreting 19 JOHN DEERE EMISSION TEST DATA 4045HF280 74kW 1800rpm* ENGINE SPEED - RPM 1801 1801 1801 1800 1800 EXH ELBOW - C 543.7 486.8 406.1 276.6 191.5 OBSV TORQUE - Nm 390.3 293.3 194.9 98.1 39.5 OBSV BRAKE POWER - kW 73.59 55.31 36.74 18.49 7.45 WET EXH FLOW @ ELBOW -m"3/min 14.35 12.14 9.54 0 0 CBM CO2 - kg/h 52 40.1 28.2 15.7 9.5 CBM CO2 - g/kWh 707 725.6 767.6 847.3 1275.1 CBM CO - g/h 96.9 31.4 31.9 27.3 22.5 CBM CO - g/kWh 1.32 0.57 0.87 1.48 3.01 CBM HC - g/h 9.2 9.2 8.7 6.8 6.7 CBM HC - g/kWh 0.12 0.17 0.24 0.37 0.9 CBM NOX - g/h 341.5 213.4 137.3 93.4 86.7 CBM NOX - g/kWh 4.64 3.86 3.74 5.05 11.64 CBM NOX+HC - g/h 350.6 222.5 145.9 100.2 93.4 CBM NOX+HC - g/kWh 4.76 4.02 3.97 5.42 12.54 PM MFM TOTAL - g/h 32.4 11.73 5.34 10.77 8.77 PM MFM TOTAL - g/kWh 0.44 0.212 0.145 0.583 1.177 *The emission data listed is measured from laboratory test engine according to the test procedures of 40 CFR 09 or 40 CFR 1039, as applicable. The test engine is intended to represent nominal production hardware, and we do not guarantee that every production engine will have identical test results. The fardy parent data represents multiple ratings and this data may have been collected at a different engine speed and load Eniss ion results rrey vary due to engine manuf acturing tolerances, engine operating condltrons,fuels used, or other conditionsbey ond our control. This information is property of Deere & Company. it is provided solely for the purpose of obtaining certification or permits of Deere powered equipment. Unauthorized distribution of this information is prohibited InDemand Interpreting 20 Prototype Test Summary (PTS) �WEZenergjrons Prototype testing is administered to validate the electrical and mechanical design integrity of the engine -generator set. The results indicated below summarize testing performed on the prototype of the specified engine -generator set model. This form of testing is only conducted on standard factory prototype engine -generator sets. Results may vary. ENGINE -GENERATOR SET DS60D6S-A MODELS: Rep. Prototype Model kW: Voltage: ENGINE/GENERATOR DS60D6SGA Test Date: 60 kVA: 240 8/26/2009 60 Hz: 60 Engine Manufacturer: John Deere Engine Model: 5030HF285 Engine Fuel: Diesel Generator Manufacturer: Marathon Generator Model: 362CSL1604 Voltage Regulator Model: SE350 PMG Equipped: ❑ Yes ® No OPTIONS Enclosure Level: Level 3 Silencer: Hospital Air Filtration: Standard TEST SUMMARY TEST TEST RESULT Transient Performance Certifies that the engine generator -set model has undergone transient response analysis per ISO 8528-5 Steady State Performance Certifies that voltage deviation and harmonics are within acceptance tolerance range per ISO -8528-5 at full load Torsional Analysis Certifies that the engine -generator set has undergone torsional stress analysis and is not subjected to torsional stresses that could be harmful to the unit. Cooling System Certifies that all engine -generator set models will cool sufficiently within the ambient design conditions per each model at referenced enclosure level. Sound Data Certifies that sound data is within the acceptable tolerance range per ISO 8528- 10 at referenced enclosure level. Vibrational Analysis Certifies that new engine -generator set models have undergone vibration analysis to ensure that each engine -generator coupling is balanced and there is no destructive resonant vibration per ISO 8528-9. Rev Date: 04/23/2010 NFPA-110 One Step: Full Load Acceptance: Voltage Dip: 28.8% Frequency Dip: 9.7% Frequency Regulation: 0.38 +/- % Regulation Overall 60.23 Maximum Hz 59.77 Minimum Hz ® Complete ® 100% ❑ Other. Specify: % Recovery Time: 3_9 seconds Recovery Time: 4_6 seconds Voltage Regulation: 0.29 +/- % Regulation Overall 240.70 Maximum AC Volts 239.30 Minimum AC Volts 57.5'C (135.5 °F) Maximum Ambient Temperature 157.7 m3/min5( 571 SCFM) Radiator Air Flow 69.2 dBA a 7 m (23 ft) at full rated load ® Complete InDemand Interpreting 21 Page 1 of 1 www.mtuonsiteenergy.com -0 , �01 f 011' PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE CERTIFICATION InDemand Interpreting 22 PROTOTYPE TEST PROCEDURES AND METHODS MTU Onsite Energy has been producing superior Test standards MTU Onsite Energy engine -generator sets are compliant with many engine -generator sets for more than six decades. We different codes and standards. MTU Onsite Energy's validation understand the importance of reliable cost-effective products, and have developed industry-leading test procedures to ensure we exceed this criteria. Our testing program confirms that our customers will receive products of the highest quality. The Performance Assurance Certification provided by MTU Onsite Energy certifies that every engine -generator set undergoes rigorous prototype testing including the following: Prototype test procedures # Rated Load (NFPA 110) MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all engine -generator set models will produce the name -plated load within the design tolerance of the generator set. Extended -run Testing MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all engine -generator set prototypes have been subjected to extended run-time testing. U Transient Response Analysis (ISO 8528-5) MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all new generator set models have undergone transient response analysis per ISO 8528-5. # Torsional Analysis MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all engine -generator -set models have undergone torsional stress analysis. 0 Engine Cooling System MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all generator set models will cool sufficiently within the ambient design conditions per each model. U Anticipatory Alarms and Shutdowns MTU Onsite Energy certifies that the pre -alarms and alarms function appropriately to protect the engine -generator set from any foreseen unnecessary failures. # Vibrational Analysis (ISO 8528-9) MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all new engine -generator -set models have undergone vibration analysis to ensure that each engine - generator coupling is balanced and that there is no destructive resonant vibration. # Noise Analysis (ISO 8528-10) MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all engine -generator sets undergo airborne noise analysis using the enveloping surface method. 2/ // / MTU Onsite Energy philosophy and performance are regularly reviewed to ensure continuity with these codes and standards: UL2200, CSA, EPA, NEPA 99 Health Care Facilities, NFPA 70—National Electrical Code, NFPA 110—Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, Department of Labor and Industry, NEA1A AIG 1 -Motors and Generators, and MIL -STD -705-c. InDemand Interpreting 23 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING PROCEDURES MTU Onsite Energy's factory testing is pei formed with the same extreme diligence and attention to detail that is given to the prototype testing process. Every engine generator set receives a complete factory acceptance test that certifies and ensures that the set will function in accordance to every specific application. Test metering will have an accuracy of 1.3% or better. This metering is calibrated a minimum of once per year and is directly traceable to the Bureau of Standards. Factory acceptance testing procedures: // Insulation Resistance Inspection (301.1c)* // High Potential Test (302.1 b)* // Alternator Overspeed (1 min.)* // Engine Inspection // Generator Inspection // Resistances Inspection (401.1b) - Exciter Field Stator - Alternator Armatures // Mounting and Coupling Inspection // Engine Fuel Oil System Inspection // Engine Lube Oil System Inspection // Engine Cooling System Inspection // DC Charging System Inspection // Circuit Breaker Inspection // Anticipatory Alarms and Shutdowns Inspection (505.2b, 515.1b, 515.2b) // Optional Equipment Inspection (513.2a) // Load Test Inspection - Full Name -plate Rated Load - Regulator Range Test (511.1d) - No Load Inspection - MAX Load Q 1.0 P. F. (640.1 d) - MAX Load @ 0.8 P.F. - Block Loads @ 0-25%, 0-50%, 0-75%, 0-100% // Phase Balance and Sequence Inspection (507.1d, 508.1d, 516.1a) * Performed by Alternator OEM Rating Tolerance MTU Onsite Energy certifies that all generator set models will produce the name -plated load at the standard conditions within the design tolerance (see table below) of the generator set. DS30D6S- DS2001)6S DP27DS - DP18OD65 ............. ............. .........._,_ +/- 5% .. ............ DS2301)6S - DS60ODD6 .... .....,....,... _..........,... DP21OD6S - DP550D6S _.._........... _........ _.__....... _.. _ ..... _ _ +/- 2% ...._..... 650-XC6DT2 - 3250-XC6DT2 _............_................... 615-XC6DT2 - 2800-XC6DT2 +/- 2% 30-GC6NLT1 - 60-GC6NLT1 +/-5% 11.1-1-.1--.1.1- ............ ....................................._............ GS75-62 - GS 125-6S +/-3% GS 150-6S - GS400-GS GP355N6S - GP130N6S +/- 5% InDemand Interpreting 24 MTU Onsite Energy / // /3 OPTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES Extended -run factory acceptance testing: In some cases, extended -run testing may be requested. Unless specified otherwise, extended -run testing will be performed in the following manner // Full name -plate rated load // Standard readings taken every 15 minutes STANDARD READINGS RECORDED DURING LOAD TEST INSPECTION Run Time AC Voltage .1.1..11 ....................... . // AC Amperage __1111 ... ............ 1111..... kVA ................... kWe -................................. . Power Factor Frequency //Exciter Field Voltage -......._ .............-__.......................--__..._........__..__.. // Exciter Field Current __ ..........._.. ............. 1111.._ .__ ..._.__._......... // Lube Oil Pressure ............................................................................................ Engine Coolant Temperature ..._ ....................I--.............. __.._...._..._........ // Ambient Temperature Witnessed factory acceptance testing Witnessed factory tests must be scheduled and approved at least four weeks prior to the engine -generator set's scheduled shipping date. Any requests for witnessed factory testing after this four-week period must be approved by the Regional Sales Manager and are subject to additional fees. Witnessed extended -run factory acceptance testing Witnessed extended -run tests must be scheduled and approved at least four weeks prior to the engine -generator set's scheduled ship date. Any requests for witnessed extended -run testing after this four-Nveek period must be approved by the Regional Sales Manager and are subject to additional fees. Additional factory acceptance testing Additional testing is available upon request. The following is a list of supplementary tests which can be performed on MTU Onsite Energy engine -generator sets. Non-standard testing is subject to additional charges. Additional test methods: // Start and Stop Test (MIL -STD -705c 503.1c) // Remote Start and Stop Test (MIL -STD -705c 503.2c) // Overspeed Protective Device Test (MIL -STD -705c 505.2b) // Circulating Current Test (MIL -STD -705c 505.2b) // Insulation Resistance Test (MIL -STD -705c 301.Ic)' // Open Circuit Saturation Curve Test (MIL -STD -705c 410.1 b) // Temperature Rise Test (MIL -STD -705c 680.1 c) // Frequency Range Adjust Test (MIL -STD -705c 511.2c) // Low Oil Pressure Protective Device Test (MIL -STD -705c 515.1 b) // Over -temperature Protective Device Test (MIL -STD -705c 515.21)) I/ Controls, Direction, and Rotation Test (MIL -STD -705c 516.1a) // Frequency and Voltage Regulation, Stability, and Transient Response (MIL -STD -705c 608.1 b) // Voltage and Frequency Regulation (MIL -STD -705c 614.1 b) // Voltage Dip and Rise for Rated Load Test (MIL -STD -705c 619.2c) // Maximum Power Test (MIL -STD -705c 640.1 d) // Fuel Consumption Test // Vibration and Mechanical Balance Test (ISO 8528-9) // Sound Test (ISO 8528-10) ' Testing conducted by generator OEM ��oreo�ro +� �•�` Intemalional U` CIMA011M 9140AREt x Otmnkafiai br �csoeunow oy KFpp Standardization ay t0 A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Company MTU Onsite Energy Corporation / 100 Power Drive / Mankato / Minnesota 56001 °hone 507 625 7973 / Fax 507 625 2968 / Toll Free 800 325 5450 aww.mtuonsiteenergy.com ©2012/ // / MTU Onsite Energy InDemand Interpreting 25 onsite is ff"Fenergir STANDBY LIMITED WARRANTYQ/ site Two 2 Year 3,000 Hour Basic , energy LIMITED WARRANTY Your MTU Onsite Energy product has been manufactured and inspected with care by experienced craftspeople. If you are the original consumer, MTU Onsite Energy warrants, for the limited warranty period indicated below, each product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship, and will perform under normal use and service from valid start-up performed by MTU Onsite Energy. This Limited Warranty shall apply only when the product has been properly installed, serviced, and operated in accordance with the applicable MTU Onsite Energy instruction manuals. If this Limited Warranty applies, the liability of MTU Onsite Energy shall be limited to the replacement, repair, or appropriate adjustment of the product, at MTU Onsite Energy's option. This Limited Warranty does not apply to malfunctions caused by normal wear and tear, or by damage, unreasonable use, misuse, repair, or service by unauthorized persons. LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD Engine Generator Set: Parts and labor for twenty-four (24) months will begin with the first commissioning of the product(s). In all cases, the warranty period will expire not later than thirty-six (36) months from the date of shipment ex -works MTU Onsite Energy or after 3,000 operation hours, whichever occurs first. Accessories: Parts and labor for one (1) year from date of shipment. For a description of accessories and items excluded from this Limited Warranty, review the listings below. LIMITED WARRANTY CONDITIONS Before there is any protection under this Limited Warranty, the distributor must: (1) complete the MTU Onsite Energy Warranty and the Start -Up Validation and Pre -Inspection form, and return them to MTU Onsite Energy within 60 days of the start-up date, and (2) complete the engine registration form and return it to the manufacturer as stated in the instructions with engine registration form (when applicable). In addition, this Limited Warranty is not valid or enforceable unless: (1) all supporting maintenance records are kept on file with the end user and made available upon request from factory, (2) the generator set is routinely exercised in accordance with operating instructions, and (3) the installation meets the general guidelines, standards, recommendations (as laid out in the Installation Guide provided with the product), and all local standards and codes applicable in the location of installation. Engine generator sets that are stored by Owner / Buyer longer than 180 days from date of shipment are subject to special requirements. Contact MTU Onsite Energy's Service Center for instructions. TO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE Warranty service may only be performed by MTU Onsite Energy authorized service providers. Service provided by unauthorized persons will void this Limited Warranty. Non -MTU Onsite Energy replacement part(s) will void this Limited Warranty. Contact your nearest MTU Onsite Energy Service Representative to obtain warranty service. For assistance in locating your nearest authorized service representative, see contact information at the bottom of this page. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NO WARRANTIES SHALL BE IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE CREATED UNDER THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO A WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. MTU ONSITE ENERGY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM GREATER IN AMOUNT THAN THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT AT ISSUE, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL MTU ONSITE ENERGY BE LIABLE OE -M -GEN -S-006 2014-01 // Page 1 of 3 InDemand Interpreting 26 STANDBY LIMITED WARRANTYffgQns%tQ Two 2 Year 3,000 Hour Basic eneruy FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. STATE LAWS REGARDING THE RIGHTS OF CONSUMERS MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE. I . The following items are not considered nor will they be covered under this Limited Warranty. If there are questions as to coverage under this Limited Warranty, it is advisable to contact the factory in advance of filing a claim. a. Battery or batteries of any type or kind. The battery manufacturer's warranty, if any, is the only warranty that applies to batteries. Any warranty claim should be handled with the manufacturer according to its policies. b. Adjustments to fuel systems or governor system at time of start-up or any time after. A warranty claim for such adjustments is acceptable only when a defective part has been replaced, returned to the factory, and approved as defective. c. Normal maintenance costs, including but not limited to adjustments, loose and/or leaking fittings or clamps, and tune-ups performed during start-up or anytime thereafter. d. Due to shipping, manufacturer is not responsible for loose connections. All connections must be checked at time of start-up. e. Non -MTU Onsite Energy replacement part(s) will void this Limited Warranty. f. Products that are modified in any form without the written consent of MTU Onsite Energy will void this Limited Warranty. g. Shipping damage of any type. h. Any installation errors or damage of the equipment when shipped as ordered. i. Any overtime travel or labor to make repairs under warranty. j. Any special access fees required to gain access to MTU Onsite Energy equipment, including but not limited to any training or safety policy requirements to gain access. k. Additional costs associated with inaccessible installations, including but not limited to removal and reinstallation of the generator set. I. Rental equipment used during warranty work including but not limited to generators, rigging equipment such as a crane or boom truck, load banks, and special test equipment above factory requirements. m. Excess mileage charges. Any authorized service provider may perform warranty service anywhere, but will only be paid for mileage expenses from the nearest service center and limited to 400 miles / 644 Kilometers round-trip. n. Any equipment not factory approved and engineered for use on MTU Onsite Energy products. This includes but is not limited to aftermarket items such as special fuel systems, enclosures, exhaust systems, or switch gear that had been sought out and quoted by a third party to be included in billing of the MTU Onsite Energy equipment. o. Misuse or abuse during installation and thereafter. p. Normal wear and tear, maintenance, and consumable items that are not required as part of a warranty repair. Consumable items include but are not limited to belts, hoses, coolant, oil., filters, and fuses. q. Acts of nature or acts of God such as lightning, wind, flood, tornado, hurricane, or earthquake. r. Any damage due to situations beyond the control of the manufacturing of the product or workmanship of the product. s. Installation or operation outside the guidelines as stated in the Installation Guide and Owner's Manual. t. Diesel engine "Wet Stacking" due to lightly loaded diesel engines. u. Misapplication of the equipment such as usage outside the original design parameters as stated on the nameplate of the equipment. v. Travel expense on portable equipment. w. Trailer lights, wiring, and brakes. OE -M -GEN -S-006 201401 // Page 2 of 3 InDemand Interpreting 27 STANDBY LIMITED WARRANTY Two (2) Year / 3,000 Hour Basic x x. More than one trip to the job site because a service vehicle was not stocked with normal service parts. y. Lodging expense of person(s) performing service, unless approved in advance by factory. z. Engine fluids. aa. Units purchased at the standby power rating that are being used in a prime power application. ab. Any repair labor time that is determined to be excessive, e.g., two or more people performing a one- person job. ac. Any expenses associated with investigating performance complaints in which no defect is found. ad. Any associated costs for replacing components that are found not to be defective. ae. Any adjustments covered in the start-up and inspection forms that are to be completed during start-up. 2. The accessories that are limited to one (1) year parts and labor from date of shipment include but are not limited to: a. Cords, receptacles, and cord reels b. Gas flex pipes c. Housing lights, space heaters, and associated equipment 100 Power Drive / Mankato, MN 56001 / 800-325-5450 MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 28 OE -M -GEN -S-006 2014-01 // Page 3 of 3 Product data sheet JDL36250CLC Characteristics MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER 600V 250A Main Commercial Status Commercialised Product or component Molded Case Circuit Breaker type Range of product PowerPact J [In] rated current 250 A Product certifications CSA IEC UL listed [Ue] rated operational 250 V DC voltage 600 V AC t Mounting mode Unit mount m 0 Poles description 3P o Breaking capacity 20 kA 250 V DC 14 kA 600 V AC 18 kA 480 V AC U V 25 kA 240 V AC [Ics] rated service 100% d ` q € short-circuit breaking L ° 0 - capacity capacity = m9�d La Electrical connection Lugs line l /n 3 0..33 d/'laluminium/copper i0 OL Lugs load 0 AWG50 kcmilalumium/copper $ Trip technology Thermal Tf UdC $ 3 unit -magnetic a�� o Magnetic tripping 1250...2500 A £ w current a i w V VV= MS L p m m €vss Oso Ordering and shipping details �N L C m Q.. a 0 O m Category 01110 - HD,JD UNIT MT BREAKERISWITCH = -; E a -=w Discount Schedule DE2= m a GTIN 00785901601210 = m o 3 Nbr. of units in pkg. 1 L „ Package weight(Lbs) 5.00 8 Returnability N Country of origin US o m m t m g 6 N � C w A J �oQd iPHom W =E m O c mt.. Y3 - C C O 85 .0 C 5 p c cmom E E �m$'m vd=E 'rte, i v L L N L � = U � W J ai c`N ado= m W N May 21, 2013 Sch ider 1 OVemand Interpreting 29 Detail A Note: Part No.: United States Corporate Headquarters - Drawings Not To ScaleSchneider Electric USA - Drawings Subject to Change Without Notice D Q ' o 1415 South Roselle Road - Dimensions are inches next to [Millimeters] J D L36250C LC Palatine, IL 60067 bw Schneider Electric Customer Care Center: 1-888-778-2733 Web: www.schneider-electric.us Technical Information: Specification: General Application: Provides overload and short circuit protection Description: PowerPact J -frame Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker For Use With: Industrial Enclosures and Switchboards Number of Poles: 3 -Pole Approvals: UL Listed - CSA Certified - IEC Rated Ampere Rating: 250A Mounting Type: Unit Mount Voltage Rating: 600VAC/250VDC Terminal Type: Line: Lug - Load: Lug Interrupting Rating: 25kA at 240VAC - 18kA at 480VAC - 14kA at 600VAC - 20kA at 250VDC Wire Size: #3/0-350 AWG/kcmil(AI/Cu) Circuit Breaker Rating: 100% Rated Weight: 5 Pounds Fixed AC Magnetic Trip: Low: 1250A - High: 2500A Depth: 5.00 Inches Height: 7.52 Inches Width: 4.12 Inches PowerPact"m H-, J-, and L -Frame Circuit Breakers Trip Curves Figure 60: J -Frame 150-250 A (JD, JG, JJ, A, and JR) Thermal -Magnetic Trip as + as . + f 4 . a�- t 4 rt ae. t ++{ + 4 'T'CYCLE + I r,1 m �fCYCLE + JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS { FF +::. CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 50-5 woe• 1}x { , . 1 {�: . - i ,,.. ; i{, bw • CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION - .+-• r i f4 CiGR Bnaka Co„'i�rous Maldmm Menber ac wapo mPolee m r M ,so-zso 6wz3 ! .. ww t } . -MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME ..m.Ja..u..2,m Y This curve Is to be used for application and coordination purposes only. mw - i r EZ -AMP overlay feature at moo the bottom of the page should be used 1 CYCLE) TThe f . I. ; during coordination studies. ,wo .. 1 }.. i , • t - ,sae All tirrWc arem characteristic curve date is based on 40'C amblerd cold start. Terminations are made with conductors ofappropriate length and mt- I Ings. aw NO NO ' MAXIMUM 9146LE•POLE TRIP TIMES 'AT ' 251C BASED ON NEMA ABd 203 mei + k If I I fill- w w t • ` , ` w } i + t . t t tft • 1 t } 1 1 b e m °z # I . I-:! t +t } t ++ + y+f f + I w+ + i i 4, UI +!tt .. iF .+.+ I1 {-t ..} ..! t < O 1 � i -++ a + SETTING ' SETTING r . 1 . I I_ {{ }- = } . + a. t i -"T+ i .+ - t �. a; f``i } ~( 1 I t++ �1! ' ;•.fi t j +; + I a .,s • r Y + r , 1 , } It 4- 1 j? i t- - . . } as + as . + f 4 . a�- t 4 rt ae. t ++{ + 4 'T'CYCLE + I r,1 m �fCYCLE + } t l(66, Hz) } I I aa• I r } }1 + .ba - Schneider VIElectric' oameed.wle. Ermc -.V. -..e 176 01/2013 (50 Hz) ' %-CYCM iEi-a+ + K s BRRgas - I I I IIFill a� MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT tftft Ayqp�.,' P V Nw.ea6505eM w by Schneider Electric InDerrand Interpreting 31 © 2011-2013 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved { FF +::. • r rj - .+-• r i f4 .r - l + -+•{ tt m r ! ( + + • i -MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME 1 CYCLE) } t l(66, Hz) } I I aa• I r } }1 + .ba - Schneider VIElectric' oameed.wle. Ermc -.V. -..e 176 01/2013 (50 Hz) ' %-CYCM iEi-a+ + K s BRRgas - I I I IIFill a� MULTIPLES OF RATED CURRENT tftft Ayqp�.,' P V Nw.ea6505eM w by Schneider Electric InDerrand Interpreting 31 © 2011-2013 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved CIRCUIT BREAKER ENCLOSURE - DIESEL 55-60 kW / 50-55 kVA Data Sheet lmtmyjansiteent 9S/ CIRCUIT BREAKER ENCLOSURE This circuit breaker enclosure data sheet is used in conjunction with dimensional drawings to assist with submittal documentation and specification requirements. This document summarizes the enclosure dimensions and mounting positions for the MTU 4R01 13 DS55 and MTU 4R0113 DS60 circuit breakers. The dimensional drawings will govern and should be referenced for installation. 360 FRAME ENCLOSURE • Supplied with all 360 frame alternator applications. • Right side breakers shown. Left side breakers optional. • Reference Figure 1.1 and Table 1.1 for breaker mounting positions. o= LLw BREAKER ENCLOSURE o§ <w TOP VIEW BOTTOM ENTRY CONDUIT AREA TOP ENTRY CONDUIT AREA NEUTRAL ASMI (TORQUE TO 2T5 IN -LBS) OPTIONAL SECOND BREAKER— ENGINE CENTERLINE BREAKER CL —PRIMARY BREAKER —NEUTRALASM (TORQUE TO 2751N -LBS) -CUSTOMER CONNECT END (RECOMMEND TORQUE ON LABEL) BOTTOM E— m CONDUIT AREA EQUIRMI NJ p Z GROUND TERMINAL (TORQUE T02751Ni8S) LL Fw RIGHT VIEW BREAKER ENCLOSURE DETAIL (ENCLOSURE DOOR NOT SHOWN) Figure 1: 360 Frame Enclosure (Drawing ID: XZG3000100109) // Page 1 of 2 InDemand Interpreting 32 _ ENGINE CENTERLINE 0411.2." POSSIBLE TOP ENTRYCONDUIT LOCATIONS 132.156 m` (5.203 int (18'88 in) TOP VIEW TOP ENTRY CONDUIT AREA ---OPTIONAL CONTROL PANEL LOCATION I O LEFT VIEW BREAKER ENCLOSURE DETAIL BREAKER ENCLOSURE o§ <w TOP VIEW BOTTOM ENTRY CONDUIT AREA TOP ENTRY CONDUIT AREA NEUTRAL ASMI (TORQUE TO 2T5 IN -LBS) OPTIONAL SECOND BREAKER— ENGINE CENTERLINE BREAKER CL —PRIMARY BREAKER —NEUTRALASM (TORQUE TO 2751N -LBS) -CUSTOMER CONNECT END (RECOMMEND TORQUE ON LABEL) BOTTOM E— m CONDUIT AREA EQUIRMI NJ p Z GROUND TERMINAL (TORQUE T02751Ni8S) LL Fw RIGHT VIEW BREAKER ENCLOSURE DETAIL (ENCLOSURE DOOR NOT SHOWN) Figure 1: 360 Frame Enclosure (Drawing ID: XZG3000100109) // Page 1 of 2 InDemand Interpreting 32 CIRCUIT BREAKER ENCLOSURE - DIESEL 55-60 kW / 50-55 kVA Data Sheet �Wllenerqq vns j Available Circuit Breakers Enclosure Data Breaker Frame Amperage Output Wire Bending Wire Gutter Conduit Conduit Wire Range Space' Space',' Quantity Size' 90 °C Cu Dimension A Dimension B (wires per lug) mm (in) mm (in) in H -Frame 15 -150 (1)4-3/0 329 (12.95) 134 (5.27) 1 2.5 J -Frame 175 (1) 4-4/0 314 (12.36) 134 (5.27) 1 2.5 J -Frame 250 (1)3/0-350 314 12.36 134 5.27 1 3 Table 1: 360 Frame Enclosure Data 1. Meets or exceeds NFPA 70, NEC 312.6(A), and NEC 312.6(B). 2. Top entry only available for single breaker applications. 3. Based on flexible metal conduit at 40% fill using THHN wire. 4. Add 177.8 mm (7 in) for bases with integrated single wall fuel tank (see Figure 1). Controls 360 Frame 360 Enclosure Frame Alternator 2 1 (Primary) Top View - Right Side Breaker 2 1 (Primary) 360 Frame 360 Enclosure Frame Alternator Controls Top View - Left Side Breaker Figure 1.1: 360 Frame Breaker Mounting Positions BreakerFrame Position 1 (Primary) Position 2 H - H/J H Table 1.1: 360 Frame Breaker Mounting Positions MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 33 0 t2 0 N // Page 2 of 2 Qty. 1 COMMERCIAL BATTERY onsite Data Sheet m>� Dener 9S/ Extra ruggedness and resistance to vibration, heat, chemicals, and physical abuse are built into every commercial battery that MTU Onsite Energy provides with their generator sets. The battery design features the latest in power storage technology for lead -acid batteries, as well as incorporates proven designs developed with the most experience in the business. PRODUCT FEATURES • Case Design: Tough, high -impact reinforced polypropylene case is heat sealed under extreme pressure to withstand heavy commercial service usage. This helps to prevent electrolyte leakage, improves reliability, and reduces breakage. • Internal Design: Full -frame power path grids avoid sharp wires protruding through separators and directs the power straight to the lug for low resistance and higher cranking amps. • Terminals: Standard terminals are solidly built preventing porosity, corrosion, black post, and harmful acid leaks. • Power Density: Extra heavy-duty batteries deliver more cranking amps per pound. • Maintenance: The battery uses pure de -mineralized electrolytes for reduced water loss, reduced gassing, longer battery life, and low maintenance. • Reliability: Narrow ribs reduce separator corrosion to protect against shorts while deep -pocket envelopes dramatically improve reliability and extend service life. • Quality: Over 250 quality control checks, combined with computer-aided design technology, provide a tough, q durable battery in each commercial battery that MTU Onsite Energy provides with their generator sets. N MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 34 // Page 1 of 1 Overall Dimension BCI Terminal MTU Onsite Volt Cranking Reserve Length Width Height Weight Group Type Energy Part Performance Capacity (Wet) Size Number CCA (Cold mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) kg (lbs) Cranking Amps) -18°C/0°F 31 Post SUA120299 12 950 175 330 13 171 6.75 241 9.5 25.7 56.5 4D Post SUA102493 12 1,050 290 527 (20.75) 216 (8.5) T258 (10.125) 45.2 (99.5) 8D Post SUA 102492 12 1,400 430 527 (20.75) 279 (11) 1 254 (10) 59.3 (130.5) MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 34 // Page 1 of 1 0.- 5. 4 r) -7C 3. IN 0.44 (4X) 14 0.38 (3X) 18 024701 CHANGED FINISH TO GLOSS BLACK 09-21-11 17 02154 REDRAW, ADD .25 HOLES FOR MOUNTING TO BASE FOR TOTAL OF (14) 1-21-11 16 02075 ADDED 4 .25 DIA HOLES 12-14-10 15 40509-15 ADDED WELDS 04-13-09 RET/ ECO REVLON DESCRIPTION I DATE .00 SLOT (0) A ?5 116 ON1RlC 6 PNVWIY OF YN 8611E lTFA4Y CtXR01G11IN IlD fNVpi K M OltM N WNIECIVN VIM YN E QlFIwY ! PMM GDKPAM PRJSIS /N! i1W PtAIY Inmralow WY wo T16 au>rNc. YN OIBIE n«c,• casownox IESFX.4 NL N41115 OF T6 WNl' DWG. #: 0.38 2X 204-109 TOLERANCES MATERIA12GA H.R.S. DESCRIPTION: x ` +/— •125 FINISH: GLOSS BLACK BATTERY RACK .roc - +/— .062 .roof - +/- .031 DATE: 07-10-91 FRWnONAL - +/— 1/8 DRAWN BY: RAA LESS 07HERMASE SPECM) )RAWN TO SCALE PART NO.: 40509 MOOM ,AK r, "M WEIGHT: 5 SHEET: 1 OF 1 DWG. #: 204-109 BATTERY CHARGER MicroGenius® 150 Battery Charger Data Sheet The battery charger designed for heavy-duty industrial service: • Rugged construction survives tough generator set environments • Dynamic BoostTM Charge safely recharges faster than competitor products • Field -selectable 12/24 volt output simplifies inventory management and field service • Zero -volt charge automatically recharges fully discharged batteries • Foolproof design protects against wrong AC input voltage and reverse battery polarity • High efficiency models exceed new charger efficiency regulations BENEFITS AND FEATURES onsite mZ jenergq The MicroGenius® 150 battery charger's primary application is quick recharge and long -life maintenance of engine start batteries. Designed for emergency generator sets, the MicroGenius® 150 outperforms all competitor products with reliability, ease of use, and energy efficiency while performing the work of higher amperage chargers. Rugged design protects from heat, cold, vibration, and water inside a generator set enclosure. Chargers can be connected to batteries that are dead with polarity reversed or the wrong voltage. MicroGenius®150 and its NRG predecessor are the only generator set chargers that automatically protect the charger from the rigors of generator set duty. • Universal AC input 100 - 240 VAC ±10%, 50 - 60 Hz ±5% • 12 volts nominal or field -selectable 12/24 volts • 150W output max; 10 amp output with 12 volt only model, 6 amp output with 12/24 volt switchable model • Microprocessor controlled with firmware field upgrade capability • Automatic charge algorithm: Boost mode for quick recharge, float mode for maintenance • Precision current limiting • ±0.5% voltage regulation • Temperature compensated output with options of remote sensing or disabling temperature compensation • Able to charge a dead battery • -20 °C to 40 °C operation at full rated output, 45 °C for enclosed 12V - 6A models • High and low temperature output power limiting permits operation at reduced output current up to 70 °C and down to -40 °C • Conformally coated circuit boards • Reverse battery protection • Status indicator LEDs • Enclosed metal chassis • LCD display with precision digital ammeter and voltmeter, alarm relay Form C contacts • Safety Isolated: DC output, alarm relay contacts, and external signal lines are safety isolated from the AC line. Isolation is provided by double -insulated components and by protective grounding of the metal chassis. • MTU Onsite Energy standard warranty terms apply // Page 1 of 5 InDemand Interpreting 36 BATTERY CHARGER MicroGenius® 150 Batter Char er Data Sheet 70,nnsvite nerv ggy The MicroGenius® 150 used the unique Dynamic BoostTM charge which is adaptable to changing DC loads, varying states of battery charge, and differing battery capacities. It provides protection from overcharge and damage; recharging batteries at the maximum possible rate without overcharging, while avoiding battery damage typical of older chargers set for fast recharge. Dynamic Boost"m charge automatically and continually adjusts the charge profile, safely minimizing charge time for each generator set's unique combination of DC load, battery capacity, depth of discharge, and other real- world variables. Generator sets equipped with Dynamic BoostTM charger systems safely perform the work of higher amperage chargers, reducing charger size and cost while extending battery life. 90 so 70 60 so ao 30 20 10 AH returned to 75 AH battery in 24 hours MicroGenius 6A charger with Dynamic Boost Charge mpetitorlOA.cha rger9 Competitor 10A charger A D 3 6 9 12 Is 18 21 24 Time (hours) Dynamic Boost Charge Comparison InDemand Interpreting 37 // Page 2 of 5 BATTERY CHARGER MicroGenius® 150 Battery Charger Data Sheet SPECIFICATIONS AC Input fmtl�7[jansiteene 9ir Voltage and frequency Auto ranging 100 - 240 VAC ±10% (90 - 265), 47 - 63 Hz Input protection 1 -pole fuse, transient protected Inrush limiting Inrush current limited to prevent fuse blowing or overstress Efficiency Exceeds CEC-400-2012-019-CM requirements Power factor Active power factor corrected to > 0.99 typical (0.95 min.) at full output Charger Output Nominal voltage rating 12 volt nominal or field selectable 12/24 volt nominal Voltage adjustment Three manually selected programs or adjustment in fine increments using optional MicroGenius® Setup Utility Kit Current Electronic current limiting to 6 or 10 amps depending on model Charging characteristic Constant voltage, current limited with variable multiple -rate boost charging Line and load regulation ±0.5% line and load regulation Output ripple <100 mV wideband Temperature compensation Enable or disable any time; remote sensor optional Output protection Electronic current limit, 1 -pole fuse, transient protected Overvoltage protection Self -resetting and selective: Overvoltage protection does not activate if the source of excessive voltage is outside the charger Dead battery charge Recharges from zero volts without the need for operator intervention Load dump protection Output voltage over -shoot is limited to 5% or less to prevent damage to connected devices in case battery is disconnected while charger is running. Adjustments and Controls Charge mode control Fully automatic charging mode control. The Dynamic BoostTm Charge system maintains both lead -acid and Ni -Cad batteries at a high state of charge. Manual adjustments Enable 12 volt or 24 volt charging range (dual voltage models only). Select from three pre-programmed float voltage settings. Configure boost charge: No boost, moderate boost, high performance boost Computer adjustment Adjust output voltage, boost charge configuration, and alarm thresholds in fine increments via optional MicroGenius® Setup Utility Kit Status Indication LED status indicator Two front panel LEDs indicate normal and alarm states // Page 3 of 5 InDemand Interpreting 38 BATTERY CHARGER Onsite MicroGenius® ISO Batter Charger Data Sheet fmtm Denev gyy Display and Alarms Display Digital voltmeter accurate to ±2% and ammeter accurate to ±5% plus 20 -character text display of normal and alarm status messages LCD alpha -numeric display Displays volts, amps, and alarm conditions Form C alarm contacts AC fail, charger fail, output fail, low battery volts, high battery volts Alarm contact ratings Rated 2A at 30 VDC, resistive load Environmental Operating temperature -20 °C to 40 °C operation at full rated output, -40 °C to 70 °C at reduced output; natural convection cooled Storage temperature -40 °C to 85 °C Over Temp. protection Output current limit reduces gradually to maintain safe power device temperature Humidity 5% to 95% non -condensing Vibration EN 60068-2-6 (4G, 18-500 Hz) Shock EN 60068-2-27 (15G) Electrical transient immunity See Regulatory Compliance section of this document Regulatory Compliance North America c -UL -us Listed to UL 1236 and CSA Standard C22.2 no. 107.2 UL file E 109740 NFPA: NFPA 70, NFPA 110 FCC: Part 15, Class A European Union CE Marked EMC Directive: 2004/ 108/EC (EN 61000-60-2 and EN 61000-6-4) LVD Directive: 2006/95/EC (EN 60335-1 and EN 60335-2-29) RoHS 2 Directive: 2011 /65/EU (EN 5058 1) Seismic Certified for rigid and non -structure wall mounting, maximum SDS of 2.5g International Building Code: 2000, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2012 California Building Code: 2007, 2010 Construction Housing configuration IP22 powder coated aluminum; includes three 1/2" conduit openings Dimensions See Diagrams and Dimensions section of this document Weight 1.5 kg (3.4 lbs) Electrical connections Charger: Terminal blocks accommodating 14 to 10 AWG Amp "Mate -N -Lok" connector available for volume OEM use on special order Alarms: Terminal blocks accommodating 28 to 16 AWG Warranty Standard Warranty MTU Onsite Energy standard warranty terms apply // Page 4 of 5 InDemand Interpreting 39 BATTERY CHARGER MicroGenius® 150 Battery Charger Data Sheet DIAGRAMS AND DIMENSIONS 196 (7. onsite M 9WLIener CJS/ 90.7 mm 142.2 mm ' (3.57 in) (5.6 in) N O N N MicroGenius Ordering Information Model Output Volts Output Amps LCD Screen (Displays volts, amps, alarms) NFPA 110 Alarm Contacts SUA106215 12/24 6 Yes Yes XG3030100057 12 10 Yes Yes All models have auto -ranging AG supply, 100 - 240 volts, 50 - 60 Hz f■R 6� s Mi � C "•' l;YlrW� i oFCc a i s u o 0 o cFRrie�E MM��< MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 40 // Page 5 of 5 FUEL SYSTEM Sub -Base Tank Data Sheet �W[Jenerqjr ons MTU Onsite Energy's sub -base fuel tanks are manufactured and listed per UL142 and ULC -S601 standards for steel above -ground tanks. These certifications assure that our tanks meet the structural and mechanical integrity requirements for mounting generator sets directly on top, providing our customers with a safe and efficient fuel storage system. These tanks are suitable for above -ground storage of non -corrosive, stable, flammable, or combustible liquids that have a specific gravity not exceeding that of water. They are intended for installation and use in accordance with the codes referenced in the Certifications and Standards section. The secondary containment construction consists of a steel tank within a closed steel containment dike that is capable of being monitored for leakage. STANDARD FEATURES • Fuel fill drop tube • Normal vent • Emergency vent • Manual fill • Lockable fill cap • Level alarm • Basin drain (plugged) • Removable supply and return dip tubes • Leak detection • Black paint finish • Secondary containment • Electrical stub -up area: Provides space for generator set electrical connections and internal wiring capabilities • Baffles: Separates cold engine supply fuel from hot returning fuel (additional baffling as required for structural integrity) • Fuel level gauge: A direct -reading fuel level gauge with electric sender OPTIONAL FEATURES • High fuel pre -alarm and low fuel level shutdown • Five -gallon spill/fill containment box with lockable hatch • Fuel tanks to meet local jurisdictions/codes • IBC Certification 2006, 2009, and 2012 // Page 1 of 3 InDemand Interpreting 41 FUEL SYSTEM Sub -Base Tank Data Sheet CERTIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS United States • UL 142 • NFPA 30 • NFPA 37 • NFPA 110 • International Fire Code l mtvloonsiteener 9S/ Canada • ULC -S601 • Part 4: National Fire Code of Canada • CSA B139 • CSA C282 • CCME PN 1326 OPTIONAL REGIONAL CODE KITS MTU Onsite Energy offers pre-engineered kits that can be added to sub -base fuel tanks on 30-600 kW generator sets. These kits meet the regional codes for listed counties and states. Reference the table on page 3 for the contents of each code kit. // Page 2 of 3 InDemand Interpreting 42 C 0 N m 3 W1 D X 0 0 0 m N N m 3 y d n " Risers meet minimum code requirements. Note: Verify regional code requirements prior to specification. © MTU Onsite Energy. Subject to alteration due to technological advances. 2015-09 C-n C �7 W r N CA V/ �M v � rF d N CD re. Code Kit Contents Code jurisdiction Low Fuel Switch (50%) High Fuel Switch (90%) Critical Overfill High Fuel Fuel Fill Spill Prevention Switch Alarm Containment valve (95%) Panel (5 Gallon) (OFPV) Fire Rated Fuel Lines Camlock Fill Ha:mat Label Vent Whistle Regional Labeling Fuel Fill Drop Tube Fuel Supply Cheek Valve Fuel Supply Ball Valve Tank Risers* Extended Vents (12 ft above grade) Fuel Leak Switch IBC (Optional) California X X X X X X X X X X X X Colorado X X X X X X X X X X X X X Dallas, TX x x X X X x x x x x Denver, CO x X X X x X x X x X X X Florida (FDEP) x x x X X x X X X X x x Georgia X X X X x X X x X X X x Georgia (GEFA) X X X X X X X X X X X X IFC 2003 / 2006 / 2009 X X x X X X X X X x x X Iowa X X X X X X X X King County, WA X X X X X X X X X X X X X Maryland x x X X x x x x X X X Massachusetts X x X X X X X X Michigan X X X x X X X X X X x X X x Montana X X X X X X X X X X Nassau, NY x x X X x X x x x X X X Nebraska x X x X x x X X New Hampshire X X X x X X x x x x North Carolina X X X X X X X X X Ohio X X X X X X X X X X X Oklahoma X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Ontario x x x X X x x x x x X X X Phoenix, AZ X X X X X X X X X X San Francisco, CA X X X X X X X X X X X X Suffolk, NY X X X X X X X X X X X X X Washington x x x x x x x x x x X x Wisconsin x x x X x x x X x x X " Risers meet minimum code requirements. Note: Verify regional code requirements prior to specification. © MTU Onsite Energy. Subject to alteration due to technological advances. 2015-09 C-n C �7 W r N CA V/ �M v � rF d N CD re. A OFF om1 ""MARATHON ELE+CTRIC A -4n 9MI-AdM Cortifip 7V rAOTL" I � What makes the Marathon Electric approach unique? Proven top performers in every respect, MAGNAPLUS• generators offer powerful performance, reliable power generation, and easy installation. With a full range of voltage regulator configurations, MAGNAPLUS• provides application flexibility to meet unique installation requirements. Ruggedly constructed with solid state technology, Marathon's SE350 voltage regulator, included with all standard equipment, is a solid performer. MAGNAPLUS• offers a field -adaptable, permanent magnet generator, coupled with the PM300 or DVRO2000E voltage regulator, for installations requiring fault current support or for applications involving non-linear loads. These regulators enhance generator performance and offer additional features, meeting the needs of the most difficult applications. These unique design features make MAGNAPLUS• the ideal general purpose generator for standby and prime power markets such as: ■ Agricultural ■ Marine ■ Commercial ■ Construction ' ■ Telecommunications ■ Rental Markets N Marathon Electric: The experts In your field As an independent manufacturer with more than fifty years of experience as a leading supplier to the generator market, Marathon Electric is dedicated to designing and manufacturing 1 the highest quality electrical products. Marathon's commitment to long term customer support and an intensive product development program means you get more: ■ Design & Application Experience ■ Advanced Testing Facilities ■ Technical Support Staff ■ Broad Product Line InDemand Interpreting 45 0 60 Hertz 1800 RPM 0.8 Power Factor 40°C Ambient MINGN!-'�r1��7• Standard Models 281CSL1502 Boft-On PMG Option No 12 10 13 11 13 11 14 12 282PSL1703® 0 13.5 12.5 14.5 13 15 13.5 15.5 14 282CSL1504 No 17.5 16 1 18 17 18 17 19 17.5 282CSL1505 No 22 21 24 22 24 22 25 23 283CSL1506 No 26 24 28 26 28 26 30 27 283CSL1507 No 31 27 33 30 33 1 30 35 32 284CSL1508 No 36 35 40 38 40 38 42 40 284CSL1542 No 40 36 43 40 43 40 46 41 361CSL1600® Yes 45 40 1 48 42 48 42 50 45 361CSL1601® Yes 55 50 60 55 60 55 65 58 361CSL16020 Yes 65 60 70 65 70 65 76 68 362CSL1604® Yes 84 72 90 80 90 80 95 85 362CSL1606® Yes 96 90 105 100 105 100 1 113 105 363CSL16070 Yes 125 110 135 125 135 125 150 135 431CSL62020 Yes 142 140 1 151 147 155 151 160 155 431CSL62040 Yes 170 165 180 175 181 176 190 182 431CSL6206® Yes 200 191 211 202 215 210 225 217 431CSL6208® Yes 211 203 226 216 230 225 240 227 432PSL62100 Yes 260 260 275 275 280 280 291 287 432PSL6212m Yes 1 275 260 300 1 276 300 280 310 300 433PSL6216® Yes 342 1 343 1 375 366 380 375 400 387 433PSL6220® Yes 375 1 362 1 403 385 411 400 430 417 MAG Vrr1.M Alternate Modelsm 281 PSL1722 No 10 11 11 12 11 12 12 12.5 282PSL1704 0 15 15 16.5 16 16.5 16 17.5 17.5 282PSL1705 m 20 20 21 21 21 21 22 22 283PSL1706 ® 25 23 27 25 27 25 29 28 283PSL1707 0 30 28 33 30 33 30 35 33 284PSL1708 Yes 32 32 1 35 35 35 35 40 40 284PSL1742 Yes 36 36 40 40 40 40 45 42 285PSL1700 Yes 43 40 45 45 45 45 50 47 286PSL1701 Yes 52 50 58 55 58 55 62 58 287PSL1702 Yes 58 55 62 60 62 60 67 63 ® 361 to 431 PSL (single bearing) or PDL (double bearing) models are the alternate to CSL models and have equivalent performance and dimensions. m PMG Option available as build-up only. ® Specialty and two bearing orders utilize these windings in place of 280 frame CSL models. O All MagnaPlus° models have linkboard as standard. InDemand Interpreting 46 Choice ... abounds with more than 34 stock models ranging from 5-430 kW (60 Hz) and 5-420 kVA (50 Hz). All three-phase generators are 12 -lead reconnectable, providing voltage and phase flexibility. For applications requir- ing price -sensible, dedicated single-phase generators, Marathon Electric stocks 26 models. Standard and optional conduit box designs are available to meet all customer requirements and to ease installation of accessories. Easy Mount SAE Adapters ... provided with every generator, are designed with easy drive disc access to simplify the mounting to all popular engines. Generator foot mounting location is unaffected by adapter changes. Special adaptations for automotive engines are available. Class H Insulation System ... utilizes an unsatu- rated polyester varnish for optimal insulation life and superior moisture protection. An epoxy overcoat is added for increased environmental protection. Field windings are wet wound with epoxy and designed to withstand overspeeds of 125%. All windings are 100% copper with class H insulation. Unkboards ... are standard to simplify voltage reconnection and support lead termination. SE350 Voltage Regulator ... is encapsulated for reliable performance in all environments. The SE350 regulator provides 1% regulation, underspeed protection, stability adjustment to optimize transient performance, and EMI filtering to commercial standards. Aft Optimized Electrical Design ... with four -pole, brushless features, utilizes a 2/3 pitch wind- ing to minimize harmonic distortion. The main rotor, utilizing Marathon Electric's unirotor construction, provides exceptional waveshape and voltage balance. The unirotor construction method incorporates full amortisseur windings facilitating parallel operation and non-linear loads. Enhanced Ventilation ... created by a high efficiency cast aluminum fan and optimized internal air flow patterns, maximizes heat transfer and minimizes hot spot differentials for extended winding life. Durable aluminum alloy fans avoid breakage problems associated with steel weldments or plastic fans. Fully Guarded ... for operator safety and generator protection. No rotating or electrically energized parts are exposed. All openings are covered by louvers or screens. Heavy Duty Bearings ... are double shielded and pre -lubricated for the life of the bearing. This helps resist contamination and ensures a maximum bearing life. Design Specs and Agency Approvals ... are important at Marathon. All MAGNAPLUS° units meet NEMA MGI -32, BS5000, and IEC 34-1 requirements. MAGNAPLUS• generators are also CE Certified, CSA Certified and fully UL Listed. Marine versions are available to meet American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyds, Det Norske Veritas, or Nippon Keiji Kyokai requirements. GENE* A TO& Dimensions in inches and (millimeters) All dimensions are approximate. Refer to dimension section of the Generator catalog for full dimensional data. Frame Size A B BA C C with PMG D E 2F H P x Y Z 281 PSL 14.00 7.00 6.56 15.95 N/A 13.75 (349) 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 6.86 3.50 (356) (178) (167) (405) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (174) (89) 281CSL 14.00 7.00 6.56 16.34 N/A 13.75 (349) 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 6.86 3.50 (356) (178) (167) (415) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (174) (89) 282PSL 14.00 7.00 6.56 18.50 23.10 13.64 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 (356) (178) (167) (470) (587) (346) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 282CSL 14.00 7.00 6.56 18.35 N/A 13.75 (349) 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 (356) (178) (167) (466) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 283PSL 14.00 7.00 6.56 20.50 25.10 13.64 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 (356) (178) (167) (521) (638) (346) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 283CSL 14.00 7.00 6.56 20.83 N/A 13.75 (349) 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 (356) (178) (167) (529) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 14.00 7.00 6.56 22.75 27.40 13.64 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 284PSL (356) (178) (167) (578) (696) (346) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 284CSL 14.00 7.00 6.56 22.83 N/A 13.75 (349) 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 (356) (178) (167) (580) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 14.00 7.00 11.56 25.00 29.60 13.64 6.25 5.00 1 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 285PSL (356) (178) (294) (635) (752) (346) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 14.00 7.00 11.56 27.00 31.60 13.64 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 286PSL (356) (178) (294) (686) (803) (346) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 14.00 7.00 11.56 29.00 33.60 13.64 6.25 5.00 8.00 13.55 18.56 8.93 3.42 287PSL (356) (178) (294) (737) (853) (346) (159) (127) (203) (344) (471) (227) (87) 16.00 9.50 7.00 24.96 30.06 17.35 7.00 7.00 9.00 18.19 27.85 12.44 3.52 361 406 241 178 634 764 441 178 178 229 462 707 316 89 16.00 9.50 7.00 28.59 33.69 17.35 7.00 7.00 9.00 18.19 27.85 12.44 3.52 362 (406) (241) (178) (726) (856) (441) (178) (178) (229) (462) (707) (316) (89) 16.00 9.50 10.50 31.72 36.81 17.35 7.00 7.00 9.00 18.19 27.85 12.44 3.52 363 (406) (241) (267) (806) (935) (441) 1 (178) (178) (229) (462) (707) (316) (89) 431 21.46 15.00 10.00 33.89 38.27 22.64 9.00 11.00 13.00 24.97 36.10 16.00 2.66 (545) (381) (254) (861) (972) (575) (229) (279) (330) (634) (917) (406) (68) 432 21.46 15.00 10.00 37.39 41.77 22.64 9.00 11.00 13.00 24.97 36.10 16.00 2.66 (545) (381) (254) (950) (1061) (575) (229) (279) (330) (634) (917) (406) (68) 433 21.46 15.00 1 10.00 1 42.39 46.77 22.64 9.00 11.00 13.00 24.97 36.10 16.00 2.66 (545) (381) (264) 1 (1077) 1 (1188) 1 (575) (229) (279) (330) (634) (917) (406) (68) Your Independent Power Source for the 21- Century! MARATHON ELECTRIC 100 E. Randolph Street • P.O. Box 8003 Wausau, WI 54402-8003 USA C GENERATORS www.marathonelectric.com Phone: 715-675-3359 Fax: 715-675-8026 GPN028 6754J/SK/11-10/1 K/RP Marathon Electric Generators is a trademark of Regal Beloit Corporation. InDemand Interpreting 48 Mir- 71VUJI'k, V10! MARATHON ELECTRIC SYNCHRONOUS AC GENERATOR TYPICAL SUBMITTAL DATA Basic Model: 61CSL760 361PSL1602 Date 3/28/13 Kilowatt ratings at 1800 RPM 60 Hertz 12 Leads kW kVA 3 Phase 0.8 Power Factor Dripproof or Open Enclosure Class B Class F Class H Method Description Value 105° C t Description Value 125° C t Insulation Resistance > 1.5 Meg 505.3b 80° C ® 90° C 0) 95° C (D British 105° C ® 130° C ® British 125° C 0) 150° C Voltage* Continuous Lloyds ABS Standard Continuous Standby Standard Continuous Standby 240/480 58 (73) 60 (75) 60 (75) 65 (81) 65 (81) 70 (88) 70 (88) 70 (88) 76 (95) 230/460 55 (69) 57 (71) 57 (71) 62 (77) 62 (77) 67 (83) 67 (83) 67 (83) 72 (90) 220/440 56 (70) 53 (66) 48 (60) 58 (72) 55 (69) 50 (62) 58 (72) 55 (69) 50 (62) 63 (79) 60 (75) 55 (69) 63 (79) 60 (75) 55 (69) 68 (85) 68 (85) 65 (81) 60 (75) 68 (85) 65 (81) 60 (75) 71 (89) 68 (85) 62 (78) 208/416 190/380 60 (75) O Rise by resistance method, Mil -Std -705, Method 680.1b. t Rating per BS 5000. Submittal Data: 480 Volts, 88 kVA, 1800 RPM, 60 Hz, 3 Phase Mil -Std -705B Mil -Std -7056 Method Description Value Method Description Value 301.1b Insulation Resistance > 1.5 Meg 505.3b Overspeed 2250 RPM 302.1a High Potential Test 507.1c Phase Sequence CCW -ODE ABC Main Stator 2000 Volts 601.4a L -L Harmonic Maximum - Total 3.5% Main Rotor 1500 Volts (Distortion Factor) Exciter Stator 1500 Volts 601.4a L -L Harmonic Maximum - Single 2.5% Exciter Rotor 1500 Volts 601.1c Deviation Factor 7.0% 401.1a Stator Resistance, Line to Line -- TIF (1960 Weightings) <50 High Wye Connection 0.181 Ohms Rotor Resistance 0.99 Ohms Additional Prototype Mil -Std Methods Exciter Stator 23.5 Ohms are Available on Request. Exciter Rotor 0.12 Ohms 410.1 a No Load Exciter Field Amps -- Generator Frame 360 at 480 Volts Line to Line 0.6 A DC - Type Ext. Voltage Regulated, Brushless 420.1a Short Circuit Ratio 0.71 - Insulation Class H 421.1a Xd Synchronous Reactance 2.011 pu -- Coupling - Single Bearing Flexible 422.1a X2 Negative Sequence -- Amortisseur Windings Full Reactance 0.16 pu - Cooling Air Volume 700 CFM 423.1a XO Zero Sequence Reactance 0.04 pu - Exciter Rotating 425.1a X'd Transient Reactance 0.134 pu -- Voltage Regulator SE350 426.1a X" d Subtransient Reactance 0.101 pu - Voltage Regulation 1% 427.1a Td Transient Short Circuit Time Constant 0.05 sec. 428.1a T'd Subtransient Short Circuit Time Constant 0.006 sec. 430.1a Tdo Transient Open Circuit Time Constant 0.73 sec. 432.1 a Ta Short Circuit Time Constant of Armature Winding 0.012 sec. * voltage refers to wye (star) connection, unless otherwise specified. InDemand Interpreting 49 www.marathonelectric.com MAGNAPUJS'@ MARATHON SYNCHRONOUS AC GENERATOR Model:TYPICAL DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS Basic I .1 Date 3/28/13 .I 0 6 0 40 30 ov e 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1-0�- I I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 50 75 100 0 25 50 75 kW at 0.8 Power Factor kW at 0.8 Power Factor TYPICAL MOTOR STARTING CHARACTERISTICS 240 V DELTA 208/416 V 150 200 250 Locked Rotor kVA TYPICAL GENERATOR EFFICIENCY 100 90 C m W 80 e 70 0 25 50 75 100 0 kW Output Voltaoe refers to wve (star) connection, unless otherwise specified. InDemand Interpreting 50 100 1 iffil 000 ■ ■ 11 350 400 INEEMEMEMEMEN 1m■.■m■■■ i■■ ■mmuli r 1 • G ; —W iiii -0rm=mm■■■0■■ 1■■ ■■■■lrbq—q■■■■ 1■■■■■■■■■■■■ 1■■■■■■■■ 1EMENEEMN : . 25 50 75 100 kW Output www.marathonelectric.com VOLTAGE REGULATOR MAVC63-4 Data Sheet Rugged and reliable, the MAVC63-4 analog voltage controller regulates voltage on 50 or 60 Hz brushless generators. The controller includes frequency compensation, over -excitation shutdown, solid-state buildup circuitry, and electromagnetic interference (EMI) filtering. FEATURES AND BENEFITS • Integrated circuitry for compact size, simplicity and high reliability • Rugged and durable with fast response • Regulation accuracy better than ±1% no-load to full -load • Exciter field current 4A continuous, 7A forcing • Voltage regulation performance is constant over operating temperature range without derating or degradation • Potted design allows installation in harsh environments • Reliable and rugged construction reduces service calls • Volts -per -Hertz limiting, over -excitation shutdown, and external voltage adjustments allow the MAVC63-4 to work with most applications • Compact size for easy installation in most generator terminal boxes • Designed for simple voltage regulation adjustments SPECIFICATIONS MTU Onsite Energy Part Number SUA77199 Input Power (Single Phase) Range: 190 to 240 Vac, ±10% Frequency: 50/60 Hz, ±10% Burden: 500 VA Sensing Input (Single Phase) (Common with input power) Range: 190 to 240 Vac, ±10% Frequency: 50/60 Hz, ±10% Regulation Accuracy Better than ±1%, no-load to full -load EMI Suppression Internal EMI filtering Voltage Buildup Automatic voltage buildup occurs for residual generator voltages as low as 6 Vac. Certifications and Standards UL Recognized Component CSA Certified Weight and Dimensions Weight: 220 g (8 oz) Dimensions: Width: 100.8 mm (3.97 in) Height: 68.3 mm (2.69 in) Depth: 55.9 mm (2.2 in) onsite mtV oenergjr - � onsite _ _' energy Automatic Voltage Controller :pr Output Power Max Continuous: 63 Vdc at 4 Adc (252 W) One -Minute Forcing: 100 Vdc at 7 Adc (700 W) with 240 Vac power input Voltage Adjustment Range: 171 to 264 Vac Response Time < 1.5 cycles for ±5% change in sensing voltage Overexcitation Shutdown Field voltage shuts down after time delay if exciter field voltage exceeds 100 Vdc, ±5%. Power Dissipation 8 W maximum Environmental Operating Temperature: -40 'C (-40 'F) to 60 "C (140 *F) Storage Temperature: -65 °C (-85 °F) to 85 °C (185 °F) Shock: 20 G in three perpendicular planes Vibration: 2to27Hz: 1.3G 27 to 52 Hz: 0.036" double amplitude 52 to 1000 Hz: 5 G InDemand Interpreting 51 // Page 1 of 2 VOLTAGE REGULATOR ansifte MAVC63-4 Data Sheet �Wljenergjr A NOTES: GEN B A FOR 50HZ OPERATION, MOVE JUMPER TO 50HZ TERMINAL, C 22 FOR REMOTE VOLTAGE ADJUST, USE 1000 OHMS, 1/2 WATT (MIN) F- POT FOR 10% ADJUSTMENT RANGE (SOLD SEPARATELY). F+ F- 3 4 50 60 z Hz Hz 6 6 cw MAVC63-4 OR 10000 ID 7 Ln 0 t2 0 N MAVC63-4 Connection Diagram MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com . // Page 2 of 2 InDemand Interpreting 52 DIGITAL GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER MGC- 1500 Series Data Sheet MTU Onsite Energy's Generator Set Controllers (MGC Series) are rugged, reliable, and easy-to-use digital generator set control systems. The MGC -1500 Series is perfectly focused, combining rugged construction and microprocessor technology to offer a product that will hold up to almost any environment and is flexible enough to meet your application's needs. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • Three-phase generator metering • Engine metering • Generator set control • Engine protection • Generator protection • BESTCOMSPIus® - Windows® -based software for optional remote operation (Software can be downloaded at www.mtuonsiteenergy.com) - Programming and setup software - Intuitive and powerful - Remote control and monitoring mW[jonsite ener - Programmable logic - USB communications • Suitable for rental generator sets with high/low sensing, single or three phase override, wye/delta/grounded delta configurable, and alternate frequency override (50/60 Hz) • SAE 11939 Engine Control Unit (ECU) communications (optional) • Resistive sender inputs for oil pressure and coolant temperature • Multilingual capability • Remote annunciation with RDP-110 • Event recording (up to 30 events in non-volatile memory) • Extremely rugged, fully potted design • Seven programmable contact inputs with Input 1 programmed to recognize an emergency stop • Start, run, and prestart relays with four programmable outputs • UL recognized, CSA certified, CE approved • IP56 rating per IEC 60529 • NFPA-110 compatible • Microprocessor based • Complete system metering • Expandable to meet customer needs *Please refer to the MGC Series Controller Comparison Data Sheet for available configured options. InDemand Interpreting 53 DIGITAL GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER MGC -1500 Series Data Sheet DIAGRAM onsite mW L]energy Front Panel Descriptions • Liquid Crystal Display (A) • Supplying Load Indicator (B) • Alarm Indicator (C) • Not in Auto Indicator (D) • Run Pushbutton and Mode Indicator (E) • Off Pushbutton and Mode Indicator (F) FUNCTIONS Generator Set Protection Generator ANSI Codes • Overvoltage (59) • Overfrequency (8 10) • Voltage Phase Imbalance (47) • Auto Pushbutton and Mode Indicator (G) • Back Pushbutton (H) • Alarm Silence Pushbutton Combination (1) • Edit Pushbutton (J) • Arrow Pushbuttons (K) • Lamp Test Pushbutton Combination (L) • Undervoltage (27) • Underfrequency (81 U) • Overcurrent (50) All generator set protection features are programmable as alarms, pre -alarms, status, or not used. Alarms (Shutdowns) • Low Oil Pressure • High Coolant Temperature • Low Coolant Temperature • Overspeed • Overcrank • Coolant Temp Sender Fail (non -ECU engines) • Oil Pressure Sender Fail (non -ECU Engines) • Emergency Stop • Critical Low Fuel Level (optional) InDemand Interpreting 54 DIGITAL GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER On5%te MGC -1500 Series Data Sheet 9w[Jenergir FUNCTIONS, Generator Set Protection, continued: Pre -Alarms (Warnings) • Low Oil Pressure • High Fuel Level • Low Coolant Temperature • High Coolant Temperature • Weak Battery Voltage • Battery Overvoltage • Low Fuel Level All alarms and pre -alarms can be enabled or disabled via the BESTCOMSP/us° PC software or the front panel. Additional custom alarms and pre -alarms are available upon request. Generator Set Metering • Generator parameters include voltage, current, real power (watts), apparent power (VA), and power factor. The view can be programmed to display up to 20 parameters using the scrolling and time delay feature. • Engine parameters include oil pressure, coolant temperature, RPM, battery voltage, fuel level, engine runtime, and various SAE J 1939 supported parameters. Engine Control • Cranking Control: Cycle or Continuous (Quantity and Duration fully programmable) • Engine Cooldown: Smart Cooldown function saves time and fuel • Successful Start Counter: Counts and records successful engine starts • Timers: - Engine Cooldown Timer - Engine Maintenance Timer - Pre -Alarm Time Delays for Weak/Low Battery Voltage - Alarm Time Delay for Overspeed - Alarm Time Delay for Sender Failure - Arming Time Delays after Crank Disconnect: ■ Low Oil Pressure ■ High Coolant Temperature - Pre -Crank Delay - Continuous or Cycle Cranking Time Delay - Programmable Logic Timers Event Recording The MGC -1500 Series has an event recorder that provides a record of alarms, pre -alarms, engine starts, engine runtime loaded, engine runtime unloaded, last run date, and many other events that are all date and time stamped to help the user determine the cause and effect of issues related to the generator set. Contains up to 30 event records each retaining numerous occurrences in memory. Time, date, and engine hour detail are available for the most current 30 occurrences within each event record. InDemand Interpreting 55 DIGITAL GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER MGC -1500 Series Data Sheet FUNCTIONS, continued: USB Port 9wDenonsite M er 9S/ The USB communication port can be used with BESTCOMSP/us® software to quickly configure a MGC -1500 Series with the desired settings or retrieve metering values and event log records. Programmable Logic The MGC -1500 Series offers a very powerful, yet easy-to-use, programmable logic scheme, BESTlogicTMP/us, for custom programming of the various inputs, outputs, alarms, and pre -alarms. It allows these elements to be integrated into a complete logic scheme so that the user can meet even the most complex specification. The Programmable logic control includes the selection of logic gates and timers with drag -and -drop technology to make it fast and simple. SPECIFICATIONS Operating Power Nominal: 12 or 24 VDC Range: 6 to 32 VDC Power Consumption: - Sleep Mode: 4.5 W - Normal Operational Mode: 6.5 W - Run mode, LCD heater off, three relays energized - Maximum Operational Mode: 14 W - Run mode, LCD heater on, seven relays energized - Battery Ride -Through: Withstands cranking ride -through down to 0 V for 50 ms (typical) Current Sensing (5 Amp CT Inputs) • Continuous Rating: 0.1 to 5.0 Aac • One Second Rating: 25 Aac • Burden: 1 VA Voltage Sensing • Range: 12 to 576 V rms, line -to -line • Frequency Range: 10 to 72 Hz • Burden: 1 VA • One Second Rating: 720 V rms Contact Sensing/Input Contacts • Contact sensing inputs include one emergency stop input and seven programmable inputs. The emergency stop input accepts normally closed, dry contacts. The remote emergency stop is limited to 75 ft. standard. Extended runs are available with an optional relay. All programmable inputs accept normally open, dry contacts. The factory may utilize up to three of these inputs. Engine System Inputs • Fuel Level Sensing Resistance Range: 5 to 250 0 nominal • Coolant Temperature Sensing Resistance Range: 5 to 2,750 0 nominal • Oil Pressure Sensing Resistance Range: 5 to 250 0 nominal • Engine Speed Sensing: - Magnetic Pickup or CANBus ■ Magnetic Pickup Voltage Range: 3 to 35 V peak (6 to 70 V peak to peak) ■ Magnetic Pickup Frequency Range: 32 to 10,000 Hz InDemand Interpreting 56 DIGITAL GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER MGC -1500 Series Data Sheet SPECIFICATIONS, continued: Output Contacts onsite mfti [Jenergy • (7) Total Outputs: (3) 5 A @ 28 VDC and (4) 2 A @ 28 VDC • The factory utilizes the following on each generator set which can be reprogrammed as needed: - (3) 5 A @ 28 VDC for Pre -start, Start, and Run - (4) 2 A @ 28 VDC for general purpose Metering • Generator Voltage (rms) - Metering Range: 12 to 576 VAC (direct measurement), up to 9,999 VAC (with appropriate voltage transformer) - Accuracy: ±1 % of programmed rated voltage or ±2 VAC (subject to accuracy of voltage transformer when used) • Generator Current (rms) - Generator current is measured at the secondary windings of 5 A CTs. - Metering Range: 0 to 5,000 Aac - CT Primary Range: 1-5,000 Aac, in primary increments of 1 Aac - Accuracy: ±3% of programmed rated current or ±3 Aac (subject to accuracy of CTs) • Generator Frequency - Metering Range: 10 to 72 Hz - Accuracy: ±0.25% or 0.05 Hz • Apparent Power Indicates total kVA and individual line kVA (four -wire, line -to -neutral or three -wire, line -to -line). - Accuracy: ±5% of the full-scale indication or ±4 kVA • Power Factor - Metering Range: 0.2 leading to 0.2 lagging - Accuracy: ±0.02 • Real Power - Indicates total kW and individual line kW (four -wire, line -to -neutral or three -wire, line -to -line) - Accuracy: ±5% of the full-scale indication or ±4 kW • Oil Pressure - Metering Range: 0 to 150 psi or 0 to 1,034 kPa - Accuracy: ±3% of actual indication or ±2 psi or ±12 kPa (subject to accuracy of sender) • Coolant Temperature - Metering Range: 0 °C to 204 °C (32 °F to 410 °F) - Accuracy: ±3% or actual indication or ±20 (subject to accuracy of sender) • Fuel Level - Metering Range: 0 to 100% - Accuracy: ±3% (subject to accuracy of sender) • Battery Voltage - Metering Range: 6 to 32 VDC - Accuracy: ±3% of actual indication or ±0.2 VDC • Engine RPM - Metering Range: 0 to 4,500 rpm - Accuracy: ±2% of actual indication or ±2 rpm InDemand Interpreting 57 DIGITAL GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER On5%te MGC -1500 Series Data Sheet m>� [Jenergjr SPECIFICATIONS, Metering, continued: Engine Run Time - Engine run time is retained in non-volatile memory. - Metering Range: 0 to 99,999 h; Update Interval: 6 min - Accuracy: ±1% of actual indication or ±12 min Maintenance Timer - Maintenance timer indicates the time remaining until generator set service is due. Value is retained in non-volatile memory. - Metering Range: 0 to 5,000 h; Update Interval: 6 min - Accuracy: ±1% or actual indication or ±12 min Generator Protection Functions • OvervoltaQe (59) and Undervoltave (27 - Pickup Range: 70 to 576 VAC - Activation Delay Range: 0 to 30 s • Overfrequency (8 10) and Underfrequency (81U) - Pickup Range: 45 to 66 Hz - Pickup Increment: 0.1 Hz - Activation Delay Range: 0 to 30 s • Phase Imbalance (47) - Pickup Range: 5 to 100 VAC - Pickup Increment: 1 VAC - Activation Delay Range: 0 to 30 s - Activation Delay Increment: 0.1 s • Overcurrent (5 1) - Pickup Range: 0.18 to 1.18 Aac (1 A current sensing) - Time Dial Range: 0 to 7,200 s (fixed time curve) Environmental • Temperature - Operating: -40 °C to 70 °C (-40 OF to 158 °F) - Storage: -40 °C to 85 °C (-40 OF to 185 °F) • Humidity: IEC 68-2-38 • Salt Fog: ASTM B 17-73, IEC 68-2-11 (tested while operational) • Ingress Protection: IEC IP54 for front panel • Shock: 15 G in three perpendicular planes • Vibration: 5 to 29 to 5 Hz at 1.5 G peak for 5 min 29 to 52 to 29 Hz at 0.036" DECS-A for 2.5 min 52 to 500 to 52 Hz at 5 G peak for 7.5 min - Swept over the above ranges for 12 sweeps in each of three mutually perpendicular planes with each 15 -minute sweep. Agency Approvals • UL/CSA Approvals: "cURus" approved to UL 6200 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 • NFPA Compliance: Complies with NFPA Standard 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power • CE Marked: Complies with applicable EC Directives InDemand Interpreting 58 DIGITAL GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER MGC- 1500 Series Data Sheet SPECIFICATIONS, continued: ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Battery Backup for Real Time Clock D�ene�y The MGC -1500 Series provides a real-time clock with capacitor backup that is capable of operating the clock for up to 24 hours after power is removed from the controller. As the capacitor nears depletion, an internal backup battery takes over and maintains timekeeping. The battery will maintain the clock for approximately 10 years, depending on conditions. The battery is not replaceable. The clock is used by the events recorder function to timestamp events, and the exercise timer is used to start and stop the generator set when the exercise feature is utilized. Breaker Management The MGC -1500 Series is capable of controlling the generator breaker and the mains breaker. The status of the breakers is determined by using BESTIogicTMP/us programmable logic to set up the GENBRK and MAINSBRK logic blocks. These logic blocks have outputs that can be configured to energize an output contact and control a breaker, as well as inputs for breaker control and status. The MGC -1500 Series will attempt to close a breaker only after verifying that it can be closed. If the breaker cannot be closed, the close request will be ignored. Only one breaker can be closed at a time. Synchronization is required before closing the breaker to a live bus. Closure to a dead bus can be performed after meeting dead bus threshold and timing requirements set by the user. InDemand Interpreting 59 MTU CONTROLLER 4 RELAY OPTION A1+ A2— A1+ A2— CD CD A1+ A2— CD CD K2 K3 a o 14 11 12 14 11 12 14 11 12 14 11 12 U1 N Qf O O N v Q1 v N v Qs v N N N N A1+ A2— A1+ A2— Ai+ A2— A1+ A2— K1 K2 K3 K10 14 11 12 14 11 12 14 11 12 14 11 12 ENGINE ENGINE MINOR SPARE RUN FAL ALARM CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACTS CONTACT'S SPOT RELAYS Contact Data Contact arrangement 1 farm A (NO). 1 form C (CO) Rated voltage 240VAC, 24VDC Max. switching voltage 240VAC, 24VDC Rated current 10A Contact material AgCd Ag Min. recommended contact load 100rnA at 5VDC Frequency of operation 300 ops./h Operate/release time max. i0/5rns I 0A 240VAC / 24VDC res, -30 to x -85°C, 600ops/hr 100x103 ops. Contact ratings 10A Mechanical endurance. IDC cor`I 5x106 oDerations InDemand Interpreting 60 3603.00 [149.611 MENDED CLEAPANCE ---------- ------ --- --—_------------� �4% WOR SYING NffA I � I . NFL SNB -UP NiFAJ/ I \ I � / FRONT VIEW REVISION I DATE DESCRIPTION 13 LEFT VIEW MN • SEE FUEL TANK DNENSIONFL FOR TND sme-UP NEA • SEE CIRCr3 BUXER ENCLOSURE DATA GEET FOR BREAM OPf3N5 AND CDAUR OM CENIEAUNE REAR VIEW 116 ORArila 6 t19TFIY a YN 0611E UWRGf W✓�1RN NU fAlWapf ff 16U1 Uat9r N WNkL PI NM YN OYSIIE USIA oODORaW f01F11 Wf1Y1aM PFURIIS. AN IIW fMRNY 13MI0UW WY MTU T6 alrWxlc. YN aK91E EIflAV 1D160MA0N R64R6 Nl OGDS 0116 OGNNG InDemand Interpreting 61 AR IN 279.40 DRAWING OP13NS 60 W ,D4045HF G'aw D—in Cade DettVian G30-0605 L d 2 H..Nn H—, Oplaa, G3G-0606 L" 3 Ha �/ Fiha A Smog UN— C30-0608 Ai E".t G ly Lou- GW-OBIO l 1 Houaip 030-0904 Nr IIHakW Matoft d lana HOWiM Opbm, Inlxb =_0905 _ IM.W Hmsn9 L5M 030-0906 He"', RNNuae W Dr W.V 0,6— refile and Wn Na Wjer Plapvtiee a1W Lan m/off WmN e Dnp Coda that may a may not appy b )our mnfg=tion. Note: Some aproro may rat b M—.W. Gly apiau WNah vW* &.rW the dW,,.g are Waddle - f [11.001 1625.60 [64.001 APPLICABLE MODELS: MTU 4R0113 DS60 RIGHT VIEW THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION DIMENSIONS: MM [INCH] CREATED: 2015-09-25 DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT ;RIPTION: 60 kW Genset, Housing NE: WEIGHT (MIN—MAX): John Deere, JD4045HF 154-895 LB VING NUMBER: SHEET: XZG3000100106 1 of 1 _—_— 1116.12 REAR FACE OF F &TIER C3 616.72 [25.541 316.46 [12 1092.40 dRCW 6REAKER ENCLOSURE G30-0309 &Tmw (SEE CIRCLU BREAKER ENCLOSURE DATASHEET G30-0416 FOR W.OM MONS AND W WR WRY) 8 DONE CENTERLK AIR MGKE WER CM -0103 FOR REFERENCE ONLY LEFT VIEW REAR VIEW RIGHT VIEW APPLICABLE MODELS: DIMENSIONAL LA Y O U T MTU 4R0113 DS60 THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION DESCRIPTION: 60 kW Genset, Housed Base DRAWN TO SCALE ENGINE: WEIGHT MIN—MAX DIMENSIONS: MM [INCH] John Deere, 4045HF 7-- 1118-4 004 is 116 NNN1c 6 NEPQIY a m1 anile meY aewmx No cwm N: usa amr N oor6.m w1x Yql gB1E n6er W1P01r�1n11 raEx mnurox N66R DATE CREATED: DRAWING NUMBER: SHEET: MK 11W IJRIY YWiWlpl 110' lOD 116 ONYG YN NNC NOCY fGllOINIDM Ng111tS NL NtlIR K AB NINIC. REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION 2015-09-22 XZG3000100104 1 of 2 InDemand Interpreting 62 3.0" NPT SECONDARY CONTAINMENT EMERGENCY VENT 3.0" NPT PRIMARY CONTAINMENT EMERGENCY VENT 1.5" NPT MECHANICAL FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FOR N-\ 2.0" NPT FUEL FILL OPTIONAL SPILL/FILL BOX n u if) 1fJ r O � � u c> O n O N p OOlo N 114.30 [4.50"]T 38.10 [ 1.50'] 139.70 [5.501 ro 1.5" NPT FUEL RETURN 2.0" NPT EXTRA -- 1.5" NPT FUEL SUPPLY 2.0" NPT EXTRA 2.0" NPT NORMAL VENT 00000 I I I I GENERATOR SET FOOTPRINT AIR OUT ---- T O 00 LEVEL 3 HOUSING � !� 116 M-6 6 PWM OF YN 0611E E61i.Y W WRAIYI MO GWOf BE M UIP1 M WN61p1 SIN M POW GDM=,10RCIS T60FWlftIE(i10J01WTWU116pt1AG YIII091EOOiI.TE960PoOCM6�ql601150T6BRwY'REVISION APPLICABLE MODELS: G30-0806 DIMENSIONAL LAY O U T 1.5" NPT FUEL LEVEL GAUGE DESCRIPTION: 40-60 kW 24 Hr 140 Gal Extended Tank WITH ELECTRONIC SENDER o o ENGINE: JD4045TF/HF r1.5" NPT LOW FUEL SWITCH F1.5" NPT EXTRA 0 0 0 0 of 10 2.0" NPT EXTRA 453.39 [17.851 54.61 [2.151 00000 u O � O N ICI o co MJ u u 0 N N CD co q X I 00000 505.05 [19.88' 1.5 NPT STUB -UP AREA FUEL LEAK SWrrCH m -619.36 [24.38 0 �-383.00 [15.08"]-I O - 733.66 [28.881 571.50 [22.50"] 847.96 [33.38"] ,- 2921.00 [115.00"] 4X 0101.60 [4.00"] LIFTING POINT C-4 + REMOVABLE ACCESS PANEL 0 NJL 00 c°Do 2X 279.40 [11.001-- 749.30 [29.50 8X 018.24 [0.72"] F� 2X 812.80 [32.00"] � MOUNTING HOLES 2X 1625.60 [64.00"] N `J 965.20 [38.00"] 2X 2438.40 [96.001 1016.00 [40.001 2921.00 [115.001 InDemand Interpreting 63 � !� 116 M-6 6 PWM OF YN 0611E E61i.Y W WRAIYI MO GWOf BE M UIP1 M WN61p1 SIN M POW GDM=,10RCIS T60FWlftIE(i10J01WTWU116pt1AG YIII091EOOiI.TE960PoOCM6�ql601150T6BRwY'REVISION APPLICABLE MODELS: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION DIMENSIONAL LAY O U T MTU 4R113 DS4 MTU 4RO113 DS44 MTU 4RO113 DS50 MTU 4RO113 DS55DRAWN MTU 4RO113 DS60 DESCRIPTION: 40-60 kW 24 Hr 140 Gal Extended Tank TO SCALE DIMENSIONS: MM [INCH] ENGINE: JD4045TF/HF WEIGHT: 340 KG 748 LB DATE CREATED: 2015-10-02 DRAWING NUMBER: 1=5 XZG3000100102 of 10 DATE DESCRIPTION InDemand Interpreting 63 MGC 1500 PANEL SIDE PLUG ENGINE SIDE PLUG *C (48) TB1 481 1 (48) ALTERNATOR •C (9E) TB1 9 2 2 (9) SPLICE •C (9� TB1 9 3 3 •C (9G) T81 9 4 4 •A (40) MGC 52 5 5 *A (41) MGC 53 6 6 •A (98) MGC 1 7 7 *A (21) MGC 4 6 8 •A (57) MGC 5 9 9 'C (2A) TBI 2 10 10 •A (3) MGC 20 11 11 •C (103) TBI FUSE 12 12 13 13 •C (1D) T81 1 14 14 •A (59) MGC 7 15 15 •C (100A) TB1 100 16 16 'A (32) MGC 23 17 17 18 18 •C (80) TB1A IN6 19 19 20 20 *C (62A) TB1 62 21 21 *C (63A) TB1 63 22 22 *C (S) T81 S 23 23 24 24 *C (60) T81 25 25 C (61) TBI 61 26 26 •C (S) TB1 S 27 27 *C (101A) TBI 101 28 28 •C (S) T81 S 29 29 )SPLICE I) SPLICE OPGS WTGS FLGS LWL )FLS SPLICE PILOT RELAY f) BATT + I) BATT GAUGE - LWL SLS FUEL PUMP A FUEL LEVEL MPU MPU MPU GOV ACTUATOR GOV ACTUATOR GOV ACTUATOR SPLICE 2 SPLICE 62,63 PLUG � 13.00 � PLUG � 8.00 2 �(�> 6z (62A (28) PLUG 23 •x (x) xxx x •X DESTINATION (X) WIRE NUMBER XXX DESTINATION X DESTINATION TERMINAL SPLICE 9 SPLICE 9A SPLICE 9M 6'� 1200 PLUG 9E) 6i��91)) 9K) PLUG � 8'� �1 (9) n (8� 6)(9G))9H) OPGS �E (40) PLUG (96) SPLICE •E (32) PLUG 17 < FUEL I (9N) SPLICE 9N m PUMP T0: FUEL LEVEL *E (104) PLUG PLUG WTGS •E (41) PLUG 6 J •E (103) PLUG 12— DGS DOOR GROUND STUD (486) ALTERNATOR j6 GA TO: *SWITCH OPEN 48A) PILOT RELAY— PANEL o (C) PILOT RELAY— FRONT T81 TERMINAL BLOCK 1 (PANEL BACK) T81A TERMINAL BLOCK 1A (PANEL BACK) (9E) SPLICE 9— SYSTEM LEAK OPTION *E (48) PLUG 1 B+4(48B) STARTER POS 16 GA (28) SPLICE 2 ALTERNATOR LEGEND BC FUEL LEVEL BPS BACK PLATE STUD MGC OPTION DGS DOOR GROUND STUD O: GENERATOR TDam FLOS *SWITCH OPEN FUEL LEAK OPTION GGS o AT BOR AND ABOVE TANK �CAPACITY T81 TERMINAL BLOCK 1 (PANEL BACK) T81A TERMINAL BLOCK 1A (PANEL BACK) T0: M A B C D TB6 m BACK F NM -P= v PLATE sm r 16 THIS PAGE SYSTEM LEAK OPTION *E (48) PLUG 1 B+4(48B) STARTER POS 16 GA (28) SPLICE 2 ALTERNATOR LEGEND BC BATTERY CHARGER BPS BACK PLATE STUD MGC MTU GENERATOR CONTROLLER DGS DOOR GROUND STUD FLGS FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SENDER FLS FUEL LEAK SWITCH GGS GENERATOR GROUND STUD LWL LOW WATER LEVEL PROBE T81 TERMINAL BLOCK 1 (PANEL BACK) T81A TERMINAL BLOCK 1A (PANEL BACK) T83 TERMINAL BLOCK 3 (GEN OUTLET BOX) TB6 DC LIGHT HANDY BOX SM STARTER MOTOR SMS START MOTOR SOLENOID NOTES: 1. WIRE NUMBERS ARE IN PARENTHESIS. 2. SHORT DASHED LINES (------ ) INDICATE CUSTOMER CONNECTION OR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT. 3. BATTERY CHARGER FUSE ONLY WHEN REQUIRED OR SUPPLIED BY CHARGER MANUFACTURER. 4. FUEL LEVEL GUAGE SENDER REQUIREMENTS 33 OHMS =FULL 240 OHMS =EMPTY 5. BATTERY CHARGER FUSE ONLY WHEN SUPPLIED OR REQUIRED BY CHARGER MANUFACTURER. InDemand Interpreting 64 —•A (3) MGC START NO (48A) STARE MIR 110 GA PILOT RELAY _(9) ENGINE BLOCK — (9c) sPucE 9A —(c) START SOLENOID ENGINE BLOCK •E (62) PLUG 21 BLK < MAGNETS JD4045 •E (63) PLUG 22 RED PK*IR ENG •E (62) SPLICE 62.63 BLK �—{� MAGNETIC JD3029 'E (63) SPLICE 62.63 RED—J(_��J PICKUP ENG —(2A) SPLICE 2 2C)FUEL WITHOUT GOVERNOR JD3028 dt (9K) SPLICE 9A (gJ)� —Qo SOLENOID JD4045 ENC. TEMP SN (2A) SPLICE 2 (2)__7 ;9K) SPLICE 9A�(9) NEATER PLUG (60) PLUG 25 BLK GOVERNOR (61) PLUG 26 RED ACTUATOR WITH GOVERNOR JD3029 & JD4045 ENC. (91)) SPLICE 9A—< <—BLK •E (21) PLUG 8—>�t��� LOW WATER PROBE •E (1) PLUG 14—>�— RADIATOR SE350 480V & LESS JUMPER ACCORDINGLY 60 HZ 50 HZ 4 6 SE350 OR , MAVC63-4D REGULATOR F- —F -EXCITER F+ F+ FIELD 3 El E2 ON 480V & 380V UNITS WIRE SE350 TO INNER TAPS E1 & E2. FOR ALL OF THE OTHER VOLTAGE UNITS WIRE THE SE350 DIRECTLY TO THE LINES. — — — — — — — — — — — — — — SEE CONTROLLER VOLTAGE & CURRENT SENSING CONNECTIONS TABLE TO THE LEFT RTD TO AEM IF SELECTED OR NOT WIRED I GEN VOLTAGE SENSING CONTROLLER VOLTAGE L J 480V & BELOW GEN CURRENT SENSING TB, & CURRENT SENSING FfffljEl1TTjjTFljTPCONNECTIONS ANALOG METER v v OPTIONWIRES ITo� PE v MGC & PIN #d�` 1500 99 F9 G G7 45 G G6 43 0 3ql 3G9 41 RTRTD2 RTD4 11 RTD6 DDE 11 R 13 G &n( ENCLOSURE w N 40 3 34 38 � � G7 GB G9 G (GND2) • — 35 36 - SEE CONNECTIONS GGS 36 34 BELOW XI CTI — LI — GE N XL CT2 N •— L2— *SEE CONNECTION %1 CT3 TO DIAGRAMS BELOW LOAD o-- L3— N — LOW WYE 30 DELTA 30 HIGH WYE 30 WYE 30 HZ L -L L -LO HZ L -L L -LO HZ L -L L -LO HZ L -L G7 4B a9 N L -LO 190 1 10 208 110 60 220 1 27 230 133 190 110 200 115 50 208 120 220 127 240 120 60 277 139 200 100 50 220 110 240 120 •LI 380 219 416 240 60 440 254 460 266 480 277 380 219 400 231 50 415 240 440 254 ME 380 219 m 480 277 0AW 600 346 1O _ 2400 1386 ° si 60 3300 1905 4160 2402 �vrm-roo-im-rr eav 6600 3811 • x3 • 13200 7620 �,� 13800 7967 RAM ¢v Ll T7 TI m1 6T6T7 u TI 74 T7 (an (El) 380 400 415 50 3300 6600 11000 0.5 AMP 219 231 240 u u! u Nr 1905 LI 3811 6351 T1 TIO T4 TIO T6 T11 ¢3) T12 TIO N73 T8 712 TS L L2 T9 T2 L3L2 T6 T9 TI1 T3 L3 T8 T5 L2 �j T2 TO L3 T3 T2 L2 In Demand Interpreting 65 REVISION DESCRIPTION ENGINE: JD 4045 or TO MINIMIZE ANY ELECTRICAL ULNLv IVR.MLL NOISE BEING INTRODUCED REGULATOR: SE350 DVR2000E+ INTO THE ENGINE CONTROLLER, CONTROL PANEL: NA CONTROL WIRING AND AC VOLTAGE: ALL POWER LINES NEED TO BE RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUITS. GOVERNOR: NA GENERATOR DIAGRAM DATE: 12-22-15 DRAWING SIZE: B -SIZE DRAWN BY: SHEET: 1 OF 1 XZG30001001 10 46 147 148 149 150 I 51 1 52 53 9 I BN mu B> 113 8 _Lf w CL CL z CL Z J d Z d Z d Z a Z d Z o En S o z JCJ v W = v N m Z m Z Vl m Z f� t~ 1 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 J g 27 26 25 24 23 O U 21 20 19 18 17 16 LOUVER MOTOR RELAY K8 REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP RELAY LWL LOW WATER LEVEL PROBE MGC MTU GENERATOR CONTROLLER MEC MODBUS/ETHERNET CONVERTER R1 120 OHM Jf 1% RESISTOR TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK 1 (PANEL BACK) TBiA TERMINAL BLOCK 1A (PANEL BACK) VAR VOLTAGE ADJUST RHEOSTAT 46 147 148 149 150 I 51 1 52 53 9 I BN mu B> 113 8 _Lf w CL CL z CL Z J d Z d Z d Z a Z d Z o En N 0 z JCJ v W = v N m Z m Z Vl m Z f� t~ 1 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 J g 27 26 25 24 23 O U MGC 1500 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 112 113 114 I 15 J W ui CL z CL Z J d Z d Z d Z a Z d Z o iK 0 N 0 z JCJ v W = v ff IP a Y Y Y Y Y S Y Y I I II I I I a Y rn o S' N ESP VcD m _ rn 1 NC M AL I I 3 N0 4 + pip _ — — In Demand Interpreting 66 NOTES: 1. WIRE NUMBERS ARE IN PARENTHESIS. 2. SHORT DASHED LINES (------ ) INDICATE CUSTOMER CONNECTION OR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT. w O w CD Z �i u o z t 5 I a + m I m + c> I S2 BPS o o Q o o N Q w nom. w a Z m Z z I -n ~ R EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 ff IP a Y Y Y Y Y S Y Y I I II I I I a Y rn o S' N ESP VcD m _ rn 1 NC M AL I I 3 N0 4 + pip _ — — In Demand Interpreting 66 NOTES: 1. WIRE NUMBERS ARE IN PARENTHESIS. 2. SHORT DASHED LINES (------ ) INDICATE CUSTOMER CONNECTION OR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT. D TO: ENGINE LEGEND AL ALARM BUZZER AEM ANALOG EXPANSION MODULE BPS BACK PLATE STUD CEM CONTACT EXPANSION MODULE DGS DOOR GROUND SND ESP EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON F1 PANEL FUSE ATO 5A F2 PANEL FUSE ATO 10A F3 PANEL FUSE ATO 15A FLGS FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SENDER FLS FUEL LEAK SWITCH GGS GENERATOR GROUND SND GSA GOVERNOR SPEED ADJUST K6 LOUVER MOTOR RELAY K8 REMOTE EMERGENCY STOP RELAY LWL LOW WATER LEVEL PROBE MGC MTU GENERATOR CONTROLLER MEC MODBUS/ETHERNET CONVERTER R1 120 OHM Jf 1% RESISTOR TB1 TERMINAL BLOCK 1 (PANEL BACK) TBiA TERMINAL BLOCK 1A (PANEL BACK) VAR VOLTAGE ADJUST RHEOSTAT VAT VOLTAGE ADJUST TOGGLE E TO: PLUG A THIS PAGE •x (x) xxx x •X DESTINATION TO: B (X) WIRE NUMBER GENERATOR XXX DESTINATION X DESTINATION TERMINAL TO: C BACK PLATE D TO: ENGINE T81 NOTES: •E (103) PLUG 12 Fl (50) TBI 50 1. WIRE NUMBERS ARE IN PARENTHESIS. F (51) TB1 51 2. SHORT DASHED LINES (------ ) INDICATE CUSTOMER CONNECTION OR (4m) TB1 48 F (,E) TB, , OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT. li T0; (484)TBI F3 PLUG •E (48) PLUG 1 48 36 W •A (50A) MGC 18 50 (50) TBI Fl LEGEND: TO: PANEL 51 (s1) TB1 F2 AEM ANALOG EXPANSION MODULE FACE •A (1) MGC 25 BPS BACK PLATE STUD CEM CONTACT EXPANSION MODULE •A (1B) MGC 21 1 (1E) TB1 F3 MGC MTU GENERATOR CONRTOLLER T0: •E (1D) PU1G 14 •A (,G) MGC 24 F� PANEL DOOR ROUNFUSE ATO SADGENERATOR •a (tC) MGC t9 1 (t F) TBIA 1 F2 PANEL FUSE ATO 10A F3 PANEL FUSE ATO 15A •A (1A) MGC 28 1 K1 ENGINE RUN RELAY •A (GND) MGC 16 K2 ENGINE FAIL RELAY K3 MINOR ALARM RELAY THIS •A (ONO3) MGC 37 GN •B (GND1) GE11 GND BLOCK K6 LOUVER MOTOR RELAY PAGE •A (GND4) MGC 35 K8 REMOTE ESTOP RELAY •A (GND5) MGC 33 GN K10 ENGINE RUN RELAY LVR LOUVER MOTOR RELAY TO: MEC MODBUS/ETHERNET CONVERTER •L (GND6) DGS N RI RESISTOR TERMINAL 120BLOOHM PANEL BACK) NGINE •A (9D) MARY OIIZZEIt (98) TB1A 9 A (9A) MGC 17 9 •E (9F) PLUG 3 TB1A TERMINAL BLOCK 1 (PANEL BACK) AC OPTIONS •A (9) MGC 2 9 •E (9E) PLUG 2 NO DISTRUBUTION PANEL •E (913) PLUG 4 _ 9 •A (9C) ESP 3 R •X (X) XXX X •E (t00A) PLUG 16 BC WH FAP •A (100) MGC 13100 •X DESTINATION •E (101A) PLUG 26 (X) WIRE NUMBER XXX DESTINATION •A (101) MGC t4 101 X DESTINATION TERMINAL :i S TB1A L I N I G L N G L N G (ze) Teta z •A (2) MGC 22 2 'E (2A) PLUG 10 ------- �- ~� BATTERY CHARGER WATER HEATER FUEL ALARM PANEL 2 •A (62) MGC 32 62 •E (62A) PLUG 2 CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS •A (63) MGC 31 63 •E (63A) PLUG 22 S PLUG 23 60•E (60) PLUG 25 61 •E (61) PLUG 2 S PLUG 27 SP, 'E (SP1) PLUG ,B SO=BEu�BREAKER OPTIONS ALARM _ AUX SWITCH SP2 •E (SP2) PLUG 20 REV REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE BY SP3 •E (SP3) PLUG 24 MX SD (B OF1 C1 C2 92 91 94 12 11 14 �� a W = , AC CUSTOMER CONNECT **SPECIAL NOTE** ENGINE: JOHN DEERE 4045/3029 SEE FOR TERMINAL AGE per" TO MINIMIZE ANY ELECTRICAL GENERATOR: NA 5 3 •` INTNOISE O THE BEING INTRODUCED N RODUCLDLER, ESIGNA REGULATOR: NA TB1A 404 405 508 901 504 501 900 500 CONTROL PANEL: MGC 1500 92 ' S CONTROL WIRING AND AC • VOLTAGE: NA POWER LINES NEED TO BE gOYpt gpMpt qOY� RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUITS, GOVERNOR: NA CONNECT�"` CONNECT 1500 BACK PLATE T61A 1 2 IN4 IN6 25 9 9 120 23 97 OT4 RDP+ RDP- S SFR1Hr T� BELL AL Aux SW oP11DN ovlart OPTION 1ST BREAKER DATE: 12-22-15 DRAWING SIZE: B -SIZE y DRAWN BY: SHEET: 1 OF 1 REMOTE START XZG30001001 1 0 InDemand Interpreting 67 N GENERATOR OUTLET BOX "liffili WiV InDemand Interpreting 68 NOTE: 1. WIRE NUMBERS ARE IN PARENTHESIS 2. SHORT DASHED LINES (------ ) INDICATE CUSTOMER CONNECTION 3. BREAKER ACCESSORIES ARE SHOWN IN THE TRIPPED OR OPEN POSITION LEGEND A AMMETER AEM ANALOG EXPANSION MODULE CP CONTROL PANEL MGC MTU GENERATOR CONTROLLER DVR DIGITAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR F1-3 KTK-10 OR JX -10 10A GFM GROUND FAULT MONITOR GGS GENERATOR GROUND SND Hz FREQUENCY METER K6 LOWER MOTOR RELAY M LOWER MOTOR MN UNDERVOLTAGE TRIP TBlA 96 95 MX SHUNT TRIP OF1 AUXILIARY SWITCH 1 SO ALARM SWITCH T61 TERMINAL BLOCK 1 (PANEL BACK) TB1A TERMINAL BLOCK 1A (PANEL BACK) TB3 TERMINAL BLOCK 3 (GEN OUTLET BOX) TB4 TERMINAL BLOC( 4 (HANDY BOX) Ll - — Ll— V VOLTMETER .n ui rn rn L2- o-- L2— TO TO LOAD LOAD 1-3— , — 1.3— GROUND FAULT CT WIRING CONNECTIONS N - — N T____ X" CB RATING CT RATIO *CT CONNECTIONS 30-2304 50:5 X2 -X3 QRD FLT CT -1 250-450A 100:5 X1 -X2 500-7004 150:5 X1 -X3 MOUNTED ON MAIN BONDING 750-9004 200:5 X4 -X5 JUMPER BY OTHERS ISOCHRONOUS GOVENOR 4 RELAY OPTION OPTION TB1 T81A TFT 297 FBA-T+ (2 (2) 2 BAT- (9) (9) 9 3 m S N ACT (6O DPG-2101 (60) 60 GOVERNOR 61) KU(62) (61) 61 K A1+ A2- A1+ A2- A1+ A2- A1+ A2- PU (63)' (62 J621 TB1A K1 K10K2 K3 (S)(63 DOW RUN F7 K RUN ENGK FILL MOR MIAMI REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE BY **SPECIAL NOTE** ENGINE: JOHN DEERE 4045/3029 TO MINIMIZE ANY ELECTRICAL GENERATOR: NA NOISE BEING INTRODUCED REGULATOR: NA INTO THE ENGINE CONTROLLER, CONTROL PANEL: NA CONTROL WIRING AND AC POWER LINES NEED TO BE VOLTAGE: NA RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUITS. GOVERNOR: NA OPTION PAGE ALL DATE: 12-22-15 DRAWING SIZE: B-SIZE DRAWN BY: SHEET: 1 OF 2 XZG30001001 10 RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY 11 12 14 11 12 14111112 14111112 InDemand Interpreting 69 PACIFE POWER GENERATION PROJECT NAME: SITE CONTACT NAME: SITE PHONE: E-MAIL: GENERATOR START-UP REQUEST CUSTOMER/CONTRACTOR: SITE ADDRESS: Page 1 of 3 The attached checklist must be fully completed and a signed copy of this form e-mailed or faxed to our office to schedule the inspection and startup. Pacific Power Generation, upon receipt of completed form and confirmation of site readiness, will be in contact with you to confirm viable dates/times. Note: we will do our best to accommodate your preferred dates based on technician availability. Please complete all pages and e-mail or fax to: Amanda Nokes anokes@pacificpowergen.com 253-395-9077 direct 253-395-2408 fax *Full payment to be received per Pacific terms and conditions prior to the start up being scheduled* *A minimum of 2 weeks advance notice is requested* Please do not schedule occupancy inspections or other inspections that require a functioning generator until the generator has been started up. Pacific Power Generation will not guarantee service if start-up is requested sooner than this time. Requested/Preferred Start -Up Date: Alternate/Optional Date(s): Number of people expected to be present at the instruction session: *Training will be performed the same day as start-up unless previously agreed upon with PPG Sales / PM Staff.* Note: If training is required, the owner must be present during the time of start-up. If a separate trip is required normal time and material rates will apply. InDemand Interpreting 70 PACIFIC Page 2 of 3 POWER GENERATION PROJECT NAME: Pre Start -Up Checklist Please complete and sign off on the following to verify that your generator is ready for start-up and testing. Be sure that all of these requirements are met before our Service Technician arrives on the job site. If start-up and testing are scheduled but the -generator and/or transfer switch are not ready and additional time or subsequent trips to the site are required, you will incur additional charges. In addition, If improper or incomplete installation requires the technician to make another visit, or if the technician is asked to do any additional work not covered under normal start up parameters, this time will also be invoiced at standard rates. GENERATOR: Generator Anchored to Foundation AC Power to Block Heater — DO NOT ENERGIZE AC Power to Alternator Strip Heater — DO NOT ENERGIZE AC Power to Battery Charger — DO NOT ENERGIZE Battery Charger Wired to Generator Controls (if not factory installed) Batteries Installed (if not factory installed) Vibration Isolators Properly Installed/Adjusted (if applicable) EXHAUST AND COOLIN Exhaust System Installed and Insulated (if required) Muffler Mounted and Rain Cap installed Air Inlet Supply Properly Sized and Installed (indoor installations) Air Outlet Properly Sized and Installed (indoor installations) Remote Cooling System Installed, Flushed, Filled and Tested (if appl FUEL All Fuel Connections Installed Adequate Fuel Available for the Required Start -Up and Testing Diesel Units only: Day Tank / Remote Tank Installed, Plumbed, Wired (if applicable) Natural Gas/Propane Units only: Adequate Pressure to the Secondary Regulator has been confirmed Natural Gas/Propane Units only: All Required Valves and Properly Sized Inline Step -Down Regulator Installed Flexible Connection Installed Between Generator and Rigid Fuel Piping AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH: RE Fl Electrical Interconnections completed: AC Generator Power Leads to the Transfer Switch Transfer Switch Auto Start Leads Connected to Generator Utility Power Available to Automatic Transfer Switch All Remote Annunciator and/or Remote Operation Wiring are Landed at the Transfer Switch Fill Station Installed, Solenoid Valve Inserted per Directional Arrows and Plumbed to the Tank Fill AC/DC Power Provided and Connected 90% Full Alarm and 95% Critical Full Alarm and Shutdown Wired to the Floats Installed, Wired to Generator Control Panel All Automatic Transfer Switches and AC/DC Power Provided and Connected All wiring is the responsibilityof the installer. All interconnected wiring (include wiring for the remote start at generator and ATS's, AC, Control and Remote Annunciator). AC and DC wiring run in separate conduits per NEC and connected prior to start-up InDemand Interpreting 71 PA[EFl C Page 3 of 3 POWER GENERATION Please provide the following information: Parking in close proximity to the generator is required, approximate distance: Feet Length of cable required to hook load bank trailer to generator breaker disconnect, if applicable: Feet (100' limit per our quote and approved submittal) Location of the generator (outdoor, basement, roof top, garage, etc.): The warranty period begins when the start-up and commissioning has been completed. By signing below, I verify that this system will be ready for startup and testing on the date I request. I also verify that I have read and understand the above statement outlining additional charges for subsequent site visits and the start of the warranty period. I am authorized to obligate the above contractor for these charges. Print Name: Signed: Company: Date Phone # THESE ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO START-UP. FAILURE TO COMPLETE ALL THESE ITEMS WILL REQUIRE THE TECHNICIAN TO RETURN AT ANOTHER SCHEDULED TIME. THIS INITIAL VISIT WILL BE INVOICED TO YOU THE CONTRACTOR. TO SCHEDULE THE 2ND VISIT OF YOUR START-UP, A PURCHASE ORDER MUST BE SUBMITTED. 24 HOUR NOTICE IS REQUIRED FOR ANY START UP CANCELLATION InDerrand Interpreting 72 Note: ff this form does not appear with fillable fields, navigate to Edit > Preferences > Documents > PDHA View Mode. In the View documents in PDRA mode drop-down list, select Never. Click OK. MTU ONSITE ENERGY Form B - Engine Generator Set Installation and Commissioning Instructions This report must be completed and signed by an MTU Onsite Energy certified commissioning technician in order to accomplish all requirements of the MTU Onsite Energy Limited Warranty. This report includes the physical installation checkups and commissioning procedures for all control versions as well as open and enclosed generator sets. After completion, a signed copy must be provided to each of the following: 1. Distributor/Dealer 2. Owner 3. MTU Onsite Energy Regional Warranty Department Applicant Contact Details Distributor/Company: Name: Telephone: Email: Project Details Project Name: Project Number: Site Address: Start -Up and Commissioning Start Date: Start -Up and Commissioning Completion Date: Engine Generator Set Nameplate Model Number: Serial Number: Rating: Hz: kW: kVA: Volts: Phase: Amps: Engine Model Number: Serial Number: Power: Fuel Type: Min ❑ Diesel ❑ NG ❑ LP Vapor []Liquid LP []Other Generator Manufacturer: Model Number: Serial Number: AVR Type: kVA: Voltage: Phase Rotation: ODene�y Hz: Current: Breaker (MTU Delivery Dyes Manufacturer: Model Number: Serial Number: Voltage: Poles: ATS (I Yes Manufacturer: Model Number: Serial Number: Voltage: Poles: Controller Manufacturer: Model Number: Serial Number: Firmware Version: ❑ No) ❑ No) Current: Current: General Application: 0 3 Continuous 03B Prime 0 3 Standby 03F DCCP Load test type on ❑ Building load ❑Load bank site: El Grid parallel []None Load test not possible because: Engine Generator Set Application ❑ Installed in building ❑ Containerized ❑ Enclosed OE -G -GEN -A-002 2016-06 // Page 1 of 6 InDemand Interpreting 73 MTU ONSITE ENERGY Form B - Engine Generator Set Onsite �WOenerqgr Installation and Commissioning Prestart Safety Checks/Environmental Check Air Inlet and Outlet Yes No N/A Yes No N/A Commissioning performed by an MTU Onsite Energy ❑ ❑ ❑ Air ducts are clean and clear ❑ ❑ ❑ certified commissioning technician Ducts are installed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Personal protection equipment is available and ❑ ❑ ❑ Weather protection guards are installed ❑ ❑ ❑ functional Silencers are installed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Access only for authorized personnel ❑ ❑ ❑ Louvers open and close automatically ❑ ❑ ❑ Emergency escape routes are unobstructed (no loose ❑ ❑ ❑ Manual operation of louvers is possible ❑ ❑ ❑ materials, parts, or tools) and labeled Structure air flows are correct (no thermal short circuit) ❑ ❑ ❑ Danger spots are indicated (e.g. trip hazards, beams, ❑ ❑ ❑ Unrestricted airflow over the engine ❑ ❑ ❑ pipes) Control panel/engine area is unobstructed ❑ ❑ ❑ Cooling System All warning plates and instruction labels are properly in ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A place Cooling system is free of leakages ❑ ❑ ❑ Genset room is free of debris, dirt, dust, loose materials, ❑ ❑ ❑ Pipelines and connections undamaged ❑ ❑ ❑ parts, and toolsRadiator fan(s) are clear and clean ❑ 11 1:1❑ Air ducts are free and clean ❑ ❑ Venting pipes have gradient toward expansion tank ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine generator set is leveled; mounting bolts secure ❑ ❑ ❑ Overflow is free and spillage is avoided ❑ ❑ ❑ Shipping blocks are removed ❑ ❑ ❑ System is filled to proper level ❑ ❑ ❑ For two -bearing generators, check for proper alignment ❑ ❑ ❑ Filling cap is freely accessible ❑ ❑ ❑ Heat protection covers are installed ❑ ❑ ❑ Coolant-preheater is functional ❑ ❑ ❑ Coolant type and concentration as specified in MTU ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine Generator Set Room (Equipment) manual: Yes No N/A Battery powered emergency light is installed ❑ ❑ ❑ Frame -Mounted Radiator Fire extinguishers are in place ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A First aid kit is in place ❑ ❑ ❑ Check belt tension and alignment ❑ ❑ ❑ Oil resistant floor coating ❑ ❑ ❑ Radiator clean and free from obstruction ❑ ❑ ❑ Spill containment system in place ❑ ❑ ❑ Radiator air outlet connected to outlet duct ❑ ❑ ❑ Fire extinguishing system Check for possibility of hot air recirculation ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Water ❑ CO2 ❑ Chemical ❑ None Engine generator set vent pipes routed upward toward ❑ ❑ ❑ radiator expansion tank Engine Room Requirements (Open Power Units) Pipelines secure and undamaged ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A Overflow clear and routed to avoid spillage ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine room is located as close as practical to the main ❑ ❑ ❑ consumer Remote -Mounted Cooling System Space for maintenance is left around the engine ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A generator set Pipelines cleaned and painted ❑ ❑ ❑ Battery powered back-up lights available ❑ ❑ ❑ Device(s) aligned and fixed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Pipelines fixed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine Generator Set Room Ventilation Expansion tank is of adequate size ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A Pipelines isolated from generator set vibration ❑ ❑ ❑ Intake and exhaust opening properly sized and louvers ❑ ❑ ❑ Static head pressure is within system capability ❑ ❑ ❑ installed Auxiliary power supply is installed correctly ❑ ❑ ❑ Flexible duct section installed ❑ ❑ ❑ Potential equalization is installed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Radiator duct properly sized to louver ❑ ❑ ❑ Fan rotational direction correct ❑ ❑ ❑ Proper air flow direction past alternator and then the ❑ ❑ ❑ Overflow clear and routed to avoid spillage ❑ ❑ ❑ engine Engine generator set vent pipes routed upward toward ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine room inlet air filter in place ❑ ❑ ❑ radiator expansion tank Weather/animal guard is fitted to intake and outlet ❑ ❑ ❑ Avoid air locks in pipelines — air bleed valves provided ❑ ❑ ❑ All proper electrical connections made ❑ ❑ ❑ Self -Contained Engine Generator Set Ventilation Yes No N/A Heat Exchanger and Cooling Tower Engine generator set intake positioned away from ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A obstruction to airflow Pipelines cleaned and painted ❑ ❑ ❑ Radiator discharge positioned away from prevailing ❑ ❑ ❑ Device(s) aligned and fixed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ winds Pipelines fixed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Sufficient clearance around self-contained engine ❑ ❑ ❑ generator set for airflow InDemand Interpreting 74 OE -GLEN -A-002 2016-06 // Page 2 of 6 MTU ONSITE ENERGY Form B - Engine Generator Set Installation and Commissioning Heat Exchanger and Cooling Tower (continued) No N/A Tank is fixed properly and mounted to substructure ❑ Yes No N/A Expansion tank is of adequate size ❑ ❑ ❑ Pipelines isolated from generator set vibration ❑ ❑ ❑ Vent valves installed ❑ ❑ ❑ Static head pressure is within system capability ❑ ❑ ❑ Secondary circuit pump direction is accurate ❑ ❑ ❑ Secondary circuit pump is functional ❑ ❑ ❑ Potential equalization is functioning properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Overflow lines are clear and routed to avoid spillage ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine generator set vent pipes routed upward toward ❑ ❑ ❑ expansion tank Leakage sensor in place Air bleed valves installed ❑ ❑ ❑ Cooling tower make up supply is complete ❑ ❑ ❑ Auxiliary power supply to fans is correctly installed ❑ ❑ ❑ All proper electrical connections made ❑ ❑ ❑ Mounting/Foundation ❑ ❑ Fire valves present Yes No N/A Engine generator set is installed on proper mounts ❑ ❑ ❑ Static deflection area of mounts not blocked by ❑ ❑ ❑ components Surface is level ❑ ❑ ❑ Support structure is adequate to support engine ❑ ❑ ❑ generator set weight Engine generator set is supported at each mounting ❑ ❑ ❑ location Lube Oil System Engine is filled with oil to proper level No oil leaks present Flexible lines installed in make-up lube -oil system Oil type as specified in MTU manual (record type): Starting System Battery and cables are free from damage Battery and cables installed, mounted, and wired properly Batteries filled up to appropriate level Idle charging voltage min. 27.6 VDC for 24 V system or 13.7 VDC for 12 V system Battery charger properly installed and wired Battery is located near starter with shortest cable run as possible Diesel Fuel System Fuel system is free of leakages Flexible lines installed at engine Pipeline size adequate to system Pipelines and connections undamaged Flow and return lines connected correctly Fuel lines free'of tension, scuffing, or kinks Potential equalization is installed properly Adequate room is left for fuel tank inspections On5%ke mtU �[Ienergq Diesel Fuel System (continued) Tank is not overfilled Tank is not in the vicinity of exhaust or other heat sources For electric fan driven fuel coolers: Fuel cooler plumbed and wired correctly Fuel returns to fuel tank without restriction, proper sized pipe Fuel prefilter installed before engine inlet Electronic day tank pump used from main storage to day tank Day tank controls/pumps installed Fuel transfer pump connected to emergency power Level indicator used for checking tank contents Leak sensors are in place All proper control and sensor connections are made Spill containment procedure in place per code Diesel Fuel System (Main Storage Tank) Isolating valves correctly positioned Transfer pump and controls operational Pipeline/tank heating system operational Fuel level monitoring system operational Check for leaks Day Tank Yes No N/A Tank is fixed properly and mounted to substructure ❑ ❑ ❑ Tank vent line is plumbed to safe area ❑ ❑ ❑ Tank filling line is of adequate size ❑ ❑ ❑ All unused fittings are plugged ❑ ❑ ❑ Mechanical fuel level indicator installed ❑ ❑ ❑ Electrical fuel level indicator installed and tested ❑ ❑ ❑ Fuel level switches installed and adjusted ❑ ❑ ❑ System pump(s) connected to emergency power Yes No N/A Potential equalization is installed properly ❑ ❑ ❑ System pump(s) installed correctly (flow direction) ❑ ❑ ❑ Refill function checked Leakage sensor in place ❑ ❑ ❑ Adequate space available for inspections ❑ ❑ ❑ Isolating and solenoid valves checked Tank filled ❑ ❑ ❑ Check for leaks ❑ ❑ ❑ Fire valves present Gas Fuel System (Americas Only) Yes No N/A Dedicated gas supply line of proper size and material ❑ ❑ ❑ Check for gas filter/screen ❑ ❑ ❑ Check gas solenoid valve operation ❑ ❑ ❑ Check supply lines for leaks ❑ ❑ ❑ Check manual shut-off valve operation ❑ ❑ ❑ Solenoid valves correctly positioned ❑ ❑ ❑ Regulator set to correct pressure ❑ ❑ ❑ Gas leak detection equipment operational ❑ ❑ ❑ Shut-off devices operational Specified gas pressure is available at fuel inlet InDemand Interpreting 75 Yes No N/A ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 000 000 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No N/A 000 000 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 000 000 OE -G -GEN -A-002 2016-06 // Page 3 of 6 MTU ONSITE ENERGY Form B - Engine Generator Set Installation and Commissioning Exhaust System Yes Remote wiring connected correctly ❑ Cables free of tension, scuffing, or kinks Yes No N/A Piping is installed and secured properly ❑ ❑ ❑ Flexible connectors installed at engine exhaust outlet ❑ ❑ ❑ Flexible connectors installed correctly ❑ ❑ ❑ Exhaust line condensate trap with drain installed ❑ ❑ ❑ Silencer is installed and secure ❑ ❑ ❑ Exhaust thimble installed per local codes ❑ ❑ ❑ Exhaust system below back pressure limit ❑ ❑ ❑ Exhaust piping diameter properly sized for length of run ❑ ❑ ❑ No diameter reductions downstream on exhaust pipes ❑ ❑ ❑ All exhaust system weight is properly supported ❑ ❑ ❑ Proper pipe wall thickness is maintained ❑ ❑ ❑ Exhaust lines are properly insulated ❑ ❑ ❑ Exhaust installed with a downward pitch to outlet ❑ ❑ ❑ Exhaust line protected from natural elements (rain cap ❑ ❑ ❑ installed) Exhaust gas prevented from re-entry to building ❑ ❑ ❑ Hot parts safety decals/guards are present ❑ ❑ ❑ Fire Alarm/Suppression System Yes No N/A Fire alarm/suppression system present ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine Management System (Engine Governor) Yes No N/A Engine Control Unit box is free of damage ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine Control Unit box is securely mounted to engine ❑ ❑ ❑ Electrical connections securely fastened ❑ ❑ ❑ Grounding Yes No N/A Engine and generator are properly grounded ❑ ❑ ❑ Electrical and Control System No N/A 9WDenonsite m>� er 9S/ Generator Circuit Breaker Yes No N/A ON/OFF function ❑ ❑ ❑ Auxiliary contact ❑ ❑ ❑ Adjust over -current protection ❑ ❑ ❑ Adjust the trip unit ❑ ❑ ❑ Phase rotation checked ❑ ❑ ❑ Preparation for Running Checks ❑ Follow appropriate lockout/tagout procedure Running Checks Yes No N/A Engine generator set engine control switch in the RUN ❑ ❑ ❑ position. Start engine and verify whether there is sufficient oil pressure Allow engine to run for five minutes ❑ Check coolant level, add as necessary, and reinstall cap ❑ Allow engine to run for at least 20 minutes and check ❑ engine operating temperature Check the battery charger for proper operation Yes Remote wiring connected correctly ❑ Cables free of tension, scuffing, or kinks ❑ All connections clean and secure ❑ Bus bar phase sequence, voltage, and frequency checked ❑ Control cables routed in separate conduits from phase ❑ leads 11breaker Engine generator set controls energized and functional ❑ Software version of engine generator set controller ❑ recorded ❑ All LEDs on panel illuminate when LED test is pressed ❑ Emergency stop control operational ❑ Test certificates available for all cables ❑ Utility service breaker capacity verified ❑ Small power and lighting circuits operational ❑ No N/A 9WDenonsite m>� er 9S/ Generator Circuit Breaker Yes No N/A ON/OFF function ❑ ❑ ❑ Auxiliary contact ❑ ❑ ❑ Adjust over -current protection ❑ ❑ ❑ Adjust the trip unit ❑ ❑ ❑ Phase rotation checked ❑ ❑ ❑ Preparation for Running Checks ❑ Follow appropriate lockout/tagout procedure Running Checks Yes No N/A Engine generator set engine control switch in the RUN ❑ ❑ ❑ position. Start engine and verify whether there is sufficient oil pressure Allow engine to run for five minutes ❑ Check coolant level, add as necessary, and reinstall cap ❑ Allow engine to run for at least 20 minutes and check ❑ engine operating temperature Check the battery charger for proper operation ❑ If the speed is unstable, adjust to specifications ❑ Adjust the AC output voltage to match the utility voltage ❑ using the voltage adjusting control ❑❑ Check for oil, coolant, and exhaust leaks/recirculation ❑ Check temperature on city water-cooled models and ❑ adjust the thermostatic valve as necessary 11breaker Engine generator set engine control switch in the OFF ❑ position ❑ Permission must be obtained from the building authority ❑ before transfer switch test is performed Test transfer switch ❑ Record the current phase for the three phase systems Switchgear protection settings checked A B C _ Set the engine generator set exerciser with load to the ❑ customer's required exercise period ❑ Verify that all options on the transfer switch are adjusted ❑ and functional to the customer's requirements Record transfer switch delay settings: TDES (Time Delay to Engine Start) THE (Time Delay Normal to Emergency) TDN (Time Delay to Normal) TDEC (Time Delay Engine Cooldown) Switchgear/Transfer Switch Mains Failure Test ❑ ❑ Number of start trials: ❑❑ ❑❑ Duration between mains failure and generator circuit Static voltage drift during operation within limit of Cables installed to correct torque specification (GCB) closed (until emergency power source 13 11breaker supplies load) ❑ ❑ ❑ Switchgear/Transfer Switch Dyn. Frequency drift within limit of ISO 8528-5 Yes No N/A Static voltage drift during operation within limit of Cables installed to correct torque specification ❑ ❑ ❑ ISO 8528-5 Phase cables to switchgear/transfer switch are correctly ❑ ❑ ❑ Static frequency drift during operation within limit of sized and clearly identified ISO 8528-5 Switchgear protection settings checked ❑ ❑ ❑ All other connections are clean and secure ❑ ❑ ❑ InDemand Interpreting 76 Elm ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ sec. _ sec. _ min. min. sec. Yes No N/A ■ ■ ■ OE -"EN -A-002 2016-06 // Page 4 of 6 MTU ONSITE ENERGY Form B - Engine Generator Set Installation and Commissioning DOene�y Running Checks (record on chart) Unless otherwise specified by local or state regulations, run the engine -generator set at full expected system load in excess of 30% of the nameplate rating). Record data at 15 minute intervals. Shutdowns Yes No N/A Emergency stop (also external) ❑ ❑ ❑ Over-frequency/over speed ❑ ❑ ❑ Under -frequency ❑ ❑ ❑ Over -voltage ❑ ❑ ❑ Under -voltage ❑ ❑ ❑ Oil pressure Lo Lo ❑ ❑ ❑ Engine temperature Hi Hi ❑ ❑ ❑ Check and verify any additional protective devices and list: Additional Comments/Notes: InDemand Interpreting 77 OE -"EN -A-002 2016-06 // Page 5 of 6 MTU ONSITE ENERGY Form B - Engine Generator Setonsite 9;[Jenergly Installation and Commissioning Customer Acknowledgement (Literature and Instructions) ❑ Verify that the customer has the appropriate engine/engine-generator set and transfer switch (if provided by MTU Onsite Energy) literature. Instruct the customer in the operation and maintenance of the power system. I received instructions on Please print name of person receiving instructions. Date (signature) To be filled out by the commissioning technician only. Completed by (signature): Print Name: Company: Date: Note: Completion of this checklist does not relieve the installer of contract obligations. To be filled out by the customer/client. Witnessed by (signature): Print Name: Company: Location: Date: MTU Onsite Energy A Rolls-Royce Power Systems Brand www.mtuonsiteenergy.com InDemand Interpreting 78 OE -G -GEN -A-002 2016-06 // Page 6 of 6 GE Critical Power In Demand ATS SUBMTTAL GE Project Office Control Technology Co. GE Power Quality 760 Lake Elmo Billing, MT 59105 imagination at work InDemand Interpreting 79 GE Critical Power Table of Contents Section Page Bill of Material 03 ZTG Data Sheet 07 MX150 Data Sheet 15 Mechanical Drawings 17 Electrical Drawings 19 Withstand Ratings 27 GEZ Warranty Rider 44 GEZ Seismic Certification 45 Please Note: The following options (if provided) require voltage selection prior to release. Q2 Remote Load Test Q3 Inhibit Transfer to Emergency Q7 Inhibit Transfer to Normal R15 Load Shed (Open Transition) R15D Load Shed (Delayed Transition) Default is 120VAC. Please specify 24VDC 24VAC 120VAC for the above relays. InDemand Interpreting 80 imagination at work O: Control Technology Company, Inc P.O. Box 50089 Billings, MT 59105 Bill of Material In Demand Date: July 12, 2016 Quote M 88085890 We are pleased to offer this proposal for your review. Thank you for allowing GE Critical Power the opportunity to participate on this project. Please do not hesitate to contact us with any questions. Control Technology Company, Inc P.O. Box 50089 Billings, MT, 59105 Chad Costello 406-259-4597 chad.costello@ge.com Item# Qty Description Unit Price Total Price Lead Time (Lead time is based on the Estimated Time of Arrival at US Ship to Destination) 1 Zenith ZTG Series - Automatic Transfer Switch ZTGOOOA00026E Operation: ZTG - Open Transition Application: Utility to Generator - Auto Transfer Amperage: 260 Amp # of Poles: 3 Pole Included options: World Pole: North America Country: ZEXP-US (United States) Voltage/Phase/Wires: 3 Phase/4 Wire Voltage Frequency: 60 HZ System Voltage: ZVC40 (120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hz) Enclosure: ZECOCCGF (Nema 1) Option Package: MEXEOOOG (Exerciser - Open Transition) consisting of: • A3 -Aux Contact -Source 2 -Emergency position (qty 2) • A4 -Aux Contact -Source 1 -Normal position (Qty 2) • CAL -Microprocessor activated calibration feature • CD/P- Programmable exerciser daily, 7-14-28-365 days user- selectable, with or without load. • E -Engine start relay - S.P.D.T. • EUP-Event log of last 16 events • J1 E -Adjustable under frequency sensor Source 2-Emerg • K/P-Frequency indication (on the controller) • 1_1- LED Source 2 (Emergency) position indication • L2 -LED Source 1 (Normal) position indication • L3 -LED Source 1 (Normal) source availability indication • L4 -LED Source 2 (or Emergency) source availability indication • P1- Engine start timer P1 (adjustable up to 6s) • Q2 -Peak shave/remote load testlarea protection -Relay S.P.D.T. (specified voltaged displayed below) • R2E-Under voltage sensing -single-phase Source 2 -Emergency • R50- In Phase Monitor between Source 1 -Normal and Source 2 -Emergency to allow transfer (with enable/disable) • S 1 3/P -Microprocessor activated Commit/no commit on transfering to emergency source (with enable/disable) • T -Retransfer to normal adjustable time delay • U -Engine stop/cool adjustable cool down timer • VI -Voltage imbalance between phases (applies to 3-phase only) • W -Adjustable time delay on transfer to emergency source • YEN/P- Bypass transfer timer function (soft switch in controller) Classification: GE Internal InDemand Interpreting 81 imagination at work • 6/P -Test Switch - maintained Programmable in microprocessor Option Package Description: 2A3,2A4,CD/P,CAL,E,EUP,J1E,K/P,L1,2,3,4,P1,Q2,R2E, R50,S13/P,T,U,VI,W,YEN/P,6/P Q2 - Remote Load Test: Q2120VG (Remote Load Test - 120V) Additional Contacts: Al OOOOG (Source 1 Failure - SPDT) Al EOOOG (Source 2 Failure - SPDT) T3W300G (Pre -Signal on trans to Source 1 or Source 2) Selector Switches: DSLG000 (Disconnect Source Voltage) Classification: GE Internal InDemand Interpreting 82 imagination at work STANDARD TERMS & CONDITIONS: WARRANTY: 1. Seller warrants to Buyer that, unless otherwise stated the products and services furnished hereunder will be free from defects in material, workmanship and title, under normal use and services and quality specified in Seller's quotation. This warranty shall apply only to failure to meet said warranties (excluding any defects in title) as outlined in the Product's Warranty Rider as listed under item 5 below. 2. The conditions of any tests shall be mutually agreed upon and Seller shall be notified of, and may be represented at, all tests that may be made. The warranties and remedies set forth herein are conditioned upon (a) proper storage, installation, use and maintenance, and conformance with any applicable recommendations of Seller and (b) Buyer promptly notifying Seller of any defects and, if required, promptly making the product available for correction. 3. If any product or service fails to meet the foregoing warranties (except title), Seller shall thereupon correct any such failure either, at Seller's option, (i) by repairing any defective or damaged part or parts of the products, and/or re -performing any defective service, or (ii) making available any necessary repaired or replacement parts or necessary service which will be performed during normal working hours on a straight time basis. Repaired or replaced products will be returned FCA (INCOTERMS 2000) the Seller's plant or other mutually agreed upon point of shipment. If re -performance is not practicable, Seller will furnish without charge services in an amount essentially equal to those that, in the sole judgment of Seller, would have been required for re -performance. Where a failure cannot be corrected by Seller's reasonable efforts, the parties will negotiate an equitable adjustment in price. 4. This Paragraph sets forth the exclusive remedies for claim (except title) based on defect, failure or nonconformity of the products or services supplied, whether claim is in contract or tort (including negligence) or otherwise and however instituted. Upon the expiration of this warranty, all such liability shall terminate. Except as set forth in "Patents" the foregoing warranties are exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties or conditions whether written, oral, implied or statutory. No implied or statutory warranties or conditions of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose shall apply. Seller does not warrant any products or services of others, which Buyer has designated. 5. For a complete outline of customer rights and details regarding policy, procedures and limitations for Seller's equipment, please refer to the following link for our Consolidate Warranty Addendum for all Critical Power Products: Consolidated Warranty Addendum for all Critical Power Products TERMS OF PAYMENT: )rojects are: Net 30 days, unless otherwise specified ,gress Payments are required based on PO amount: US $400K TO US $1 M$1 M dollars or areater 25% at time of releasel0% at time of PO 70% at time of shipmentl5% at time of release 5% after startup has been completed70% at time of shipment 5% after startup has been completed POLICIES AND CONDITIONS OF SALE: Refer to Critical Power Terms and Conditions for Sale of Products and Services: Critical Power Terms and Conditions for Sale of Products and Services Pricing Policy Standard Price Adjustment Clause 10 - This quotation expires 30 calendar days from its date unless terminated sooner by notice. The prices stated herein are firm provided: *The order is released, with complete engineering details, for shipment within 90 calendar days from the date of order or at the Company's earliest convenience thereafter; or elf drawings for approval are required, the drawings must be returned and approved within 30 calendar days of the original mailing date of the drawings by the Company with products covered by the drawings released for manufacture. Such release must call for shipment within 90 calendar days from the date of order or at the Company's earliest convenience thereafter. Drawing re -submittals, which are required for any reason other than to correct Company errors, will not extend the 30 -day period for release. In the event that the customer for any reason does not comply with the conditions in 2nd paragraph above and/or shipment is delayed for any reason not within control of the Company, the price shall be increased 1-1 /2% for each full month or fraction thereof that shipment* is thereby delayed after the 90 -day period from the date of order. *In the event the Company has been delayed for any of the causes specified in the clause entitled "Excusable Delays" which is set forth in the Impany's Conditions of Sale, "Shipment" shall mean the actual date of shipment. %iRDER CANCELLATION - SCHEDULE OF CHARGES: 10% - Order received and entered on factory, work not started, material not ordered. 30% - Drawings for approval submitted. Classification: GE Internal InDemand Interpreting 83 imagination at work % - Approved drawings returned. Job released for manufacture and shipment. w% - Material accumulated and production started. 100% - Manufacturing completed. DELIVERY AND TRANSPORTATION: Risk of loss or damage to the products and in any additional substitutions thereto shall pass when the products are placed in the hands of a carrier at the point of shipment, unless Buyer and Seller agree on an alternative point. Any damage to or loss of the product while the products in transit to Buyer shall be borne by Buyer. 1. GE will assume the risk of loss or damage to the destination for a 2% adder (but not less than $500 net) applied to the total price of the equipment. "Destination" is defined as GE® common carrierFss delivery point nearest first destination or point of export within the continental U.S. 2. Effective Nov 15, 2015 all standard United States domestic freight will be included in sale of product. (Freight FOB Origin, dock -to -dock, prepay and allow) all non-domestic freight and non-standard freight methods will be included with quote 3. Special Instruction - The Receiving Associate is required to sign, date and note specific visible or concealed damage on Bill of Lading at time of delivery. Freight Company Associate is required to witness ReceiverCs signature, date and damage claim annotations. GE® Post Sales Service Department must be provided with copy of annotated BOL within five (5) days of delivery or Shipperig responsibility ends. DOCUMENTS & MISCELLANIOUS: All equipment will be built using GE Critical Power components and ISO 9001 manufacturing methods, which meet or exceed the functional intent of the applicable project specification (s) and contract drawings(s). ZTSMV Product — Documents: 4 sets of submittal copies will be provided 1-2 weeks after receipt of the Purchase Order 4 sets of operation and maintenance manuals in a three ring binder will be provided 1-2 weeks after the equipment ships from our factor 1 soft copy of certified test report in PDF format will be provided upon request Schedule: Submittal 1-2 weeks Assuming review time by engineer and/or owner and release — 2-3 weeks ducts —12-14 weeks after full release of equipment for manufacture. Lead time quoted is for estimation purpose only. Actual lead time will be mlated based on loading at our factory based on clean release received with all technical information. FACTORY TESTS: Standard factory test procedures will be performed, if applicable. Field testing, customer inspections, customer witness tests and any other non -factory test procedures are not included unless specifically noted herein. The lead-times quoted are for Estimating Purposes Only. Actual drawing and shipping schedules will be based on factory load, receipt of order with complete technical information, and the date GE receives authorized release to manufacture. The accompanying Bill of Material is our interpretation of what is required to meet the intent of the listed Drawings and Specifications furnished. Please review thoroughly for accuracy and completeness, and advise immediately if any revisions are required. This proposal is limited to the attached Bill of Material only. Start-up Services and Training are not included unless specifically noted herein. Changes to scope will require a revised proposal. Classification: GE Internal InDemand Interpreting 84 GE Energy Digital Energy Zeno�th ZTG Seriel Low -Voltage Automatic Transfer Switches UUX aoo® InDemand Interpreting 85 GE's Zenith ZTG Series switches are built for standard applications requiring the dependablity and ease of operation found in a power contactor switch. • Ratings 40 to 3000 amps (2, 3 or 4 poles) • UL 1008 listed at 480 VAC • CSA certified at 600 VAC (200-260 amps - 480V) • NFPA 70, 99, 101 and 110 • IEEE 446 and 241 • NEC 517, 700, 701 and 702 • NEMA ICS2-447 • UL 508 and 50 • ANSI C33.76 • ICS 6 • NEMA 250 • Equipment (Controls and Power Section) Seismic Test Qualified to: ✓ IBC -2006 ✓ IEEE -693-2005 • Double throw, mechanically interlocked contactor mechanism • Electrically operated, mechanically held • Designed for emergency and standby applications • Available in standard (ZTG) or delayed transition (ZTGD) models Fully Approved • UL and CSA listed • NFPA 70, 99 101 and 110 • IEEE 446 and 241 • NEC 517, 700, 701 and 702 • NEMA ICS2-447 • UL 508 and 50 • ANSI C33.76 • ICS 6 • NEMA 250 • IBC -2006 • IEEE -693-2005 • Ringing wave immunity per IEEE 472 (ANSI C37.90A) ZTG switches are equipped with GE's Zenith MX150 microprocessor panel, which controls the operation and displays the status of the transfer switch's position, timers and available sources. As an embedded digital controller, the MX150 offers high reliability and ease of unattended operation across a range of applications. The MX150 features include: • Timer and voltage/frequency settings adjustable without disconnection from the power section • Built-in diagnostics with an LCD display for immediate troubleshooting • LED/LCD indicators for ease of viewing and long life • Nonvolatile memory—clock battery backup not required for standard switch operation • Processor and digital circuitry isolated from line voltage • Inputs optoisolated for high electrical immunity to transients and noise • Communications network interface • Conducted and Radiated Emissions per EN55022 Class B (CISPR 221 (Exceeds EN55011 & MILSTD 461 Class 3) • ESD immunity test per EN61000-4-2 Class B (Level 4) • Radiated RF, electromagnetic field immunity test per EN61000-4-3 (ENV50140) 10v/m • Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test per EN61000-4-4 • Surge immunity test per EN61000-4-5 IEEE C62.41 (1.2 X 50ps, 0.5 & 4 kV) • Conducted immunity test per EN61000-4-6(ENV50141) • Voltage dips and interruption immunity EN61000-4-11 PB -1201 • Page 2 InDemand Interpreting 86 Design and Construction Features • Close differential 3 phase under -voltage sensing of Source 1(normal)—factory standard setting 90% pickup, 80% dropout (adjustable): under -frequency sensing of Source 1 factory setting 95% pickup (adjustable) • Voltage and frequency sensing of the Source 2 (emergency)—factory standard setting 90% pickup voltage, 95% pickup frequency (adjustable) • Test switch (fast test/lood/no load) to simulate Source 1(normal) failure— automatically bypassed should the Source 2 (emergency) fail • NEMA Type 1 enclosure is standard— also available in open style or NEMA Types 3R, 4, 4X or 12 I Std MEXEG options] L _ �� MX150 Control Panel Standard Features (MSTDG Option Pkg.) 31 ON ' E' 21: O6 MON 10 APR 2010 ORE TEST J O J1 MX150 Test Switch, Momentary Auxiliary Contact: Closed when the switch is in the Source 2 position (S2) Auxiliary Contact Closed when the switch is in the Source 1 position (S1) Capabilities are available for Frequency and AB, BC, CA Phase to Phase voltage for both Sources Daily 7, 14, 28 timed exercise (CDT memory backup battery included), pushbutton/timer operation Engine Start Contact Event Log of 16 Events that track date, time, reason and action taken Adjustable under frequency sensor for S2 Voltage and Frequency Indication for S1 and S2 Indicating LED Pilot Lights: Ll Indicates switch in S2 position L2 Indicates switch in S1 position L3 Indicates Sl source available L4 Indicates S2 source available Pi Time Delay to Engine Start Q2 Peak Shave / Remote Load Test R50 In -Phase Monitor, self-adjusting T Time Delay on Retransfer to Normal: To delay retransfer to Sl (immediate retransfer on S2 failure) R2E Under voltage sensing of S2 S13 Microprocessor activated commit / no commit on tronferring to S2 U Time Delay for Engine Cool Down: Allows engine to run unloaded after switch retransfer to Sl W Time Delay on Transfer to Emergency: To delay transfer to S2 after availability YEN Pushbutton Bypass of T & W Timers when specified for use with a ZTGD Series delayed transition switch, the control panel also includes the following: DT Time Delay from Neutral Switch Position to S1 on Retransfer DW Time Delay from Neutral Switch Position to S2 LN/P Center -Off position/Off Delay Timing indicating lights Additional Standard Features (MEXEG Option Pkg.) CDP Clock Exerciser Load/No Load (Replaces CDT Exerciser Option) VI Voltage Imbalance Monitor (Three Phase) InDemand Interpreting 87 Page 3 • PB -1201 Zenith ZTG Series Ordering Information Z IIA -1-01 ❑ E]— JZJEJCJZ V C 4ODEL/TYPE Z _11 59-11:1 K Di Qq pr_-pen:TronsttionS Z IT I G I D I fl0] Delayed Transition Switch Types CONTROL APPLICATION AMPERE SIZE SWITCHED ENCLOSURE TYPE PANEL 6A POLES Type 4 Enclosure 0 1 (int�rJtjwttc 'T50_! iUt ty=nemlaG 40 omps 2Poles Type l Enclosure lMicropraesso toll ibl um U❑ 0 0 8 n 1 2 Utility - Utility 80 amps 3 Poles Type 12 Enclosure ❑M 0 1 0 F—F I 3 R OPERATIONAL VOLTAGE FA B Consult Table Below ACCESSORIES Then choose Manual Transfer 100 omps 4 Poles Type 3R Enclosure additional accessories • Standard: Unless otherwise noted, the standard switch with quick transfer will be supplied. • Delayed Transition: When ordered as the ZTGD, the delayed transition switch offers time delay during transfer from one position to the other. This is primarily for transfer of large motor or inductive loads. The operation of the delayed transition switch is totally independent of the synchronism of the power sources, eliminating the need for in-phase monitors or extensive motor -disconnect control wiring between the transfer switch and motor control centers. Example ZTGOOOA00040E-ZEC01ZVC40MSTD This number string shows the correct format for a ZTG Series Automatic Transfer Switch with an MX150 microprocessor control unit, Utility - Generator, 400 amps, 4 pole, NEMA Type 1 enclosure, 120/208V 30,4 wire, 60 Hz system with the standard group of accessories. UL 1008 Withstand and Closing Ratings Please refer to GE Publication T13-1102. PB -1201 • Page 4 0 1 5 150 omps 0 2 0 200 omps 0 2 2 225 amps 0 4 0 400 amps 0 6 0 600 amps 0 8 0 800 amps 1 0 0 1000 amps 1 2 0 1200 omps 1 6 0 1600 amps 2 0 0 2000 amps 2 6 0 2600 amps 3 0 0 3000 amps Note: Operating voltage must be specified at time of order. U M D Only the most common voltages are shown above. VI None InDemand Interpreting 88 F4_[0] 6A Type 4 Enclosure 6AP Al Type Encl sure 0 0 A1E Open Style Unit A3 Voltage A4 1 0 120 1 2 wire 60 A62 2 0 120/240 1 3 wire 60 2 2 110/220 1 3 wire 50 ATGEW X 3 0 240 3 3 wire 60 3 1 208 3 3 wire 60 CTAP 3 3 2 5 220 3 3 3 wire 4 wire 50 60 DS Cy£ - 0 _139/240 120/208 3'. ` 4 wife `: `60,I HT 4 1 127/220 3 4 wire 60 4 2 127/220 3 4 wire 50 LCM 5 0 480 3 3 wire 60 5 1 440 3 3 wire 60 M90 5 2 440 3 3 wire 50 5 5 460 1 3 wire 50 M90A 5 5 7 8 480 254/440 1 3 2 wire 4 wire 60 60 M90B 6 0 575 3 3 wire 60 M91 6 1 347/600 3 4 wire 60 6 3 575 1 2 wire 60 M91A 7 0 277/480 3 4 wire 60 7 1 277 1 2 wire 60 M91B 7 4 266/460 3 4 wire 60 7 5 460 3 3 wire 60 MCM 8 9 2 0 380 240/416 1 3 2 wire 4 wire 50 60 OCVR-ISG 9 1 220/380 3 4 wire 60 0CVR-1SS 9 2 220/380 3 4 wire 50 9 3 240/416 3 4 wire 50 T3/W3 9 7 380 3 3 wire 60 Note: Operating voltage must be specified at time of order. U M D Only the most common voltages are shown above. VI None InDemand Interpreting 88 Options 6A Test Switch, Maintained 6AP Test Switch, Maintained Programmable Al Auxiliary Contact, operates on Source 1 line failure AlE Auxiliary Contact, operates on Source 2 line failure A3 Auxiliary Contacts: Closed when the transfer switch is in Source 2 position A4 Auxiliary Contacts: Closed when the transfer switch is in Source 1 position A62 Sequential Universal Motor Load Disconnect Circuit. Normally closed Auxiliary contacts for Motor Loads. Open 0-60 seconds pior to transfer, after transfer, or both in either direction then reclose in timed sequence after transfer. ATGEW-X Extended annual parts and labor warranty (1-4 years for a total of 5 years max) CTAP Alarm panel on transfer to emergency w/silence button & light DS Inhibits transfer in either direction when in inhibit. Allows automatic operation when in Auto (Standard on 800A and above) HT Heater and Thermostat LCM LonWorks Communication Module MCM Modbus RTU Communication Module M90 Series Power Measurement Meters (Not available in NEMA 4 enclosure) M90 EPM2000 True RMS Digital Meter with display (Amps, Volts, Power, Energy, Power Factory and Frequency). 3 Line LED Display. 50/60 Hz Universal Operation. 1 or 3 phase. Standard Modbus RTU RS485 communications capability. 40 - 1200 Amps. M90A Adds Pre -Wiring for Enervista Viewpoint Monitoring of M90 Accessory & ATS Status using Modbus RS485 Serial Communications M90B Adds Pre -Wiring for Enervista Viewpoint Monitoring of M90 Accessory & ATS Status using Ethernet TCP/IP Communications M91 EPM6000 True RMS Digital Meter with display (Amps, Volts, Power, Energy, Power Factory and Frequency, THD). Certified energy and demand metering. Meets ANSI C12.20 and IEC 687 Accuracy Classes. Front IrDA Port Laptop Connection. Standard Modbus RTU RS485 or DNP 3.0 communications capability. M91A Adds Pre -Wiring for Enervista Viewpoint Monitoring of M91 Accessory & ATS Status using Modbus RS485 Serial Communications M91B Adds Pre -Wiring for Enervista Viewpoint Monitoring of M91 Accessory & ATS Status using Ethernet TCP/IP Communications OCVR-1SG Lockable see-through microprocessor cover for NEMA 3R or 12 OCVR-1SS Lockable see-through microprocessor and meters cover for NEMA 3R or 12 T3/W3 Elevator Pre -Signal Auxiliary Contacts: Open 0-60 seconds prior to transfer to either direction, re -closes after transfer. UMD Universal Motor Load Disconnect Circuit: Auxiliary Contact opens 0-5 minutes prior to transfer in either direction, re -closes after transfer. Can be configured by end user for Pre -transfer, Post -transfer, or both. VI Voltage Imbalance Monitor (Three Phase) NOTE: For additional options or other configurations, contact the GE factory. Page 5 • PB -1201 InDemand Interpreting 89 Reference Charts Testing Standards Power Connections UL and CSA listed UL 1008, CSA 22.2 No. 178 Ringing wave immunity IEEE 472 (ANSI C37.90A) Conducted and radiated emissions EN55022 Class B (CISPR 22)(Exceeds EN55011 & MILSTD 461 Class 3) ESD immunity test EN61000-4-2 Class B (Level 4) Radiated RF, electromagnetic field immunity test EN61000-4-3 (ENV50140) 10v/m Electrical fast, transient/burst immunity test EN61000-4-4 Surge immunity test EN61000-4-5 IEEE C62.41 1.2 X 50ps, 0.5 to 4 kV Conducted immunity test EN61000-4-6 (ENV50141) Voltage dips and interruption immunity EN61000-4-11 ZTG AL/CU UL Listed ..- Power Connections Switch Size (Amps) Normal, Emergency and Load Terminals Cables per Phase & Neutral Range of Wire Sizes 40 1 #8 to 3/0 8-85 mm2 80 100 #6 to 250 MCM 13-127 mm2 150 200,225 260 #6 to 350 MCM 13-177 mm= 400 #4 to 600 MCM 21-304 mm2 600 2 #2 to 600 MCM 33-304 mm2 800, 1000, 1200 4 1600, 2000, 2600, 3000 8 #2 to 600 MCM 33-304 mm2 " For ZTGD Series data, contact the GE factory PB -1201 • Page 6 InDemand Interpreting 90 • •- Standard 1 Control Setting Ranges Control Function Range Control Factory Setting Source 1 Line Sensing - Under -voltage Dropout/Pickup 75-98% 85-100% 80% 90% Source 2 Line Sensing - Under -voltage Dropout/Pickup 75-98% 85-100% 80% 90% V• Source 2 Line Sensing - Under -frequency Dropout/Pickup 88-98% 90-100% 90% 95% HTime Delay - Engine Start (ACC. 131) 0-10 seconds 3 seconds Time Delay - Engine Cool Down (Acc. U) 0-60 minutes 5 minutes Time Delay - Transfer to Source 2 (Acc. W) 0-5 minutes 1 second Time Delay - Retransfer to Source 1(Acc. TI 0-60 minutes 30 minutes Time Delay - Motor Disconnect or Transfer Presignal (Acc. UMD, or T3/W3) 0-60 seconds 20 seconds Delayed Transition Time Delays IDT, DWI 0-10 minutes 5 seconds Event Exerciser (CDT) 5-60 min. -1.7,14 or 28 days load or no load 20 min. - 7 days no load W x Programmable Event Exerciser (CDP) 365 day cycle, load or no load 0 min. - 7 days no load f Voltage Imbalance NO 5-20% nominal; 10-30 sec. 10% Foil, 8% Restore; 30 sec. Elevator Pre -Signal (T3/W3) 0-60 seconds 20 seconds ° S Sequential Motor Load Disconnect (A62) 0-5 minutes 20 seconds ° Motor Load Disconnect (UMD) 0-60 seconds 5 seconds PB -1201 • Page 6 InDemand Interpreting 90 Dimensional and Weight Specifications 1. Metric dimensions (cm) and weights (kg) shown in parentheses adjacent to English measurements. Reference Figures 2. Includes 1.25' door projection beyond base depth. Allow a minimum of additional depth for projection c s �c of handle, lights, switches, pushbuttons, etc. 3. All dimensions and weights are approximate and El 1:1 El El to change without notice. 4. Packing materials must be added to weights shown. Allow 15% additional weight for cartons, skids, A m A m A crates, etc. 5. Special enclosure (NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12, etc.) dimensions and layouts may differ. Consult the GE factory for details. 6. AZTG(D)40-225A,when ordered with the followng Figure Figure Figure options, will require a larger enclosure: A62M. Digital Meter, HT, OCVR-15G, OCVR-1SS. Contact the GE factory for dimensions. 7. Add 3' in height for removable lifting eyes. 8. Ventilation louvers on side and rear of enclosure at 1600-3000 amps. One set of louvers must be clear for oirflow with standard cable connections. Page 7 - PB -1201 InDemand Interpreting 91 ZTG and ZTGDModel, NEMA 1 Weight Model Ampere Rating Poles Application Notes Height (A) Width IBI Depth (c) Ref. Figure Open NEMA 1 Type 40.80 2.3 14(6) 69 (31) 100,150 24(61) 18(46) 11 (28) 1 - 6 4 20 (9) 75 (34) 200 A 225 2,3 59(27) 69(31) 4 70 (321 75 (34) 46 (117) 24 (61) 14 (36) 1-5 260 2-3 591271 114(52) 4 701321 125(57) 400 2.3 591271 168(76) 4 70 (32) 180 (82) 2TG 600 2,3 6611681 241611 19.5150) 71132) 224(102) 4 81137) 214 (97) 2.3 1901861 460(209) 800 8 1-5.7 4 210(95) 490 (222) 7411881 4011021 19.51501 2 3 190 (86) 475 (216) 1000,1200 4 210 (95) 560(254) 3 34511561 1030 (467) 1600,2000 4 450 (204) 1180 (535) 90(229) 35.5(90) 48(122) C 1-5,7-8 3 465(211) 1150(522) 2600,3000 4 670(304) 1400(635) 40,80 2.3 1818) 127(58) 100,150 1-6 4 24111) 133 (60) 200,225 46(117) 24161) 14136) A 260,400 :]E3 65(29) 176 (80) 1-5 4 76134) 188(85) ZTGO 600 2, 3 6611681 241611 19.51501 771351 221(100) 4 87(39) 230 (104) B 1 - 5, 7 800,1000, 1200 2, 3 7411881 4011021 19.5 (501 210 (95) 475(215) 4 230(104) 560(254) 1600, 2000 3 90(229) 35.5(90) 4811221 C 36511661 1030 (467) 1-5,7-8 4 4701213) 11801535) 2600, 3000 3 48512201 11501522) 4 690 (313) 1400(635) 1. Metric dimensions (cm) and weights (kg) shown in parentheses adjacent to English measurements. Reference Figures 2. Includes 1.25' door projection beyond base depth. Allow a minimum of additional depth for projection c s �c of handle, lights, switches, pushbuttons, etc. 3. All dimensions and weights are approximate and El 1:1 El El to change without notice. 4. Packing materials must be added to weights shown. Allow 15% additional weight for cartons, skids, A m A m A crates, etc. 5. Special enclosure (NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, 12, etc.) dimensions and layouts may differ. Consult the GE factory for details. 6. AZTG(D)40-225A,when ordered with the followng Figure Figure Figure options, will require a larger enclosure: A62M. Digital Meter, HT, OCVR-15G, OCVR-1SS. Contact the GE factory for dimensions. 7. Add 3' in height for removable lifting eyes. 8. Ventilation louvers on side and rear of enclosure at 1600-3000 amps. One set of louvers must be clear for oirflow with standard cable connections. Page 7 - PB -1201 InDemand Interpreting 91 Co imagination at work r- 1 a r � u .. MM GE Energy - Diaitol Energy 8301V 40h Street. Chicago. IL 60609 USA. 800 637 1738 www.gepowerquolity.com Informo;ion subject to change wrthou'. nonce. Please verity all details with GE PB-l2cl 1'0/lor 0 nolo Genera! Electric Company All Rights Reserved GE Critical Power Microprocessor Controller Introduction GE's Zenith MX microprocessor panel controls the operation and displays the status of the transfer switch's position, timers and available sources. As an embedded digital controller, the MX150 series offers high reliability and ease of unattended operation across a range of applications. Available on GE's Zenith ZTG Series Transfer Switches. Features and Benefits • Digital timer adjustments with 1 second resolution • Long lasting LED indicators and an easy -to -view 4x20 character LCD display • Inputs optoisoloted for high electrical immunity to transients and noise • Digital voltage and frequency adjustments with 1% resolution • Voltage and frequency sensing includes: - Voltage imbalance detection between phases - Under voltage on Source 1(S1) and Source 2 62) and under frequency sensing on Source 2 (S2) - 3 -Phase under voltage sensing on S1 (normal) and Single Phase sensing on S2 (emergency) • Modular pre -signal option easily integrated into the system (e.g. elevator pre -signal and motor load disconnect) • Universal Motor Disconnect (UMD) available for programming to pre -signal, post -signal or both • Line voltage transients are isolated from the control board using remote transformers • Optically -isolated inputs and outputs UUX • On -board diagnostics including voltage frequency, control and 21 ON E• timing Nonvolatile 2 1 : 0 YON 14 APR 7014 • ORE TEG memory - battery backup not required a during normal source outages nnxtso • External communication available through Modbus network interface (RS232) Maintained and • momentary test push buttons are available on the Test mode allow controller • s manual bypass of all transfer timers when opp licable User -Friendly O peration • LEDs for continu source availabili ous monitoring of switch position, ty, exercise time delay operation and diagnostics • Simplified adjust time delay settin • Close differentia ment for voltage, frequency and gs I 3-phase under -voltage sensing of Source 1, fact 80% dropout (adj ory standard setting 90% pickup, ustable); under -frequency sensing of the Source 1 fac • Voltage and freq tory setting 95% pickup (adjustable) uency sensing of Source 2, factory standard setting 90% pickup voltage, 95% pickup frequency (adjustable) • Test switch (fast test/load/no load) to simulate normal source failure—automatically bypassed should Source 2 fail InDernand Interpreting 93 Fully Approved • UL and CSA listed • Ringing wave immunity per IEEE 472 (ANSI C37.90A) • Conducted and Radiated Emissions per EN55022 Class B (CISPR 22) (Exceeds EN55011 & MILSTD 461 Class 3) • ESD immunity test per EN61000-4-2 Class B (Level 4) • Radiated RF, electromagnetic field immunity test per EN61000-4-3 (ENV50140) 10v/m • Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test per EN61000-4-4 • Surge immunity test per EN61000-4-5 IEEE C62.4111.2 X 50 ps, 0.5 to 4 W • Conducted immunity test per EN61000-4-6(ENV50141) • Voltage dips and interruption immunity EN61000-4-11 Exercise Event 'Impending' Current Time, S1 OK * E * Day and Date 21: 56 of Display MON 14 APR 2014 SET Menu MORE CFG TEST SET MORE Menu CFG Menu TEST Menu Keypad O OI ) #4 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above the key MX150 changes depending on which screen is being displayed. #1 or the word on the LCD #2 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above above the key. The word above the key changes depending on the key changes depending on which screen is being displayed. which screen is being displayed. @X imagination at work #3 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above the key changes depending on which screen is being displayed. GE Critical Power 6o1 Shiloh Rood, Plano, TX 75074 800 6371738 www.GECriticalPower.com Information subject to change without notice. Please verify all details with GE. PB -1405 (2/14) © 2014 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved InDemand Interpreting 94 MX150 Control Feature Function Range Factory Setting S1 Line Sensing - Foil 75-98% 80% Under-voltoge Restore 85-100% 90% S2 Line Sensing - Fail 75-98% 80% Under -voltage Restore 85-100% 90% S2 Line Sensing - Foil 88-98% QHz below restore setting) 90% Under -frequency Restore 90-100% 95% Time Delay S2 Start Pi Timer 0-10 seconds 3 seconds S2 Stop Delay U Timer 0-60 minutes 5 minutes Time Delay S2 Stable Timer W Timer 0-5 minutes 1 second Time Delay 51 Stable Timer T Timer 0-60 minutes 30 minutes Time Delay - Motor Disconnect Acc., UMD, or or Transfer Pre -signal T3M/3 Timers 0-60 seconds 20 seconds Delay Transition Time Delays DT. DW Timers 1 second -10 minutes 5 seconds Exercise Event 'Impending' Current Time, S1 OK * E * Day and Date 21: 56 of Display MON 14 APR 2014 SET Menu MORE CFG TEST SET MORE Menu CFG Menu TEST Menu Keypad O OI ) #4 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above the key MX150 changes depending on which screen is being displayed. #1 or the word on the LCD #2 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above above the key. The word above the key changes depending on the key changes depending on which screen is being displayed. which screen is being displayed. @X imagination at work #3 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above the key changes depending on which screen is being displayed. GE Critical Power 6o1 Shiloh Rood, Plano, TX 75074 800 6371738 www.GECriticalPower.com Information subject to change without notice. Please verify all details with GE. PB -1405 (2/14) © 2014 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved InDemand Interpreting 94 Source 1 LED (Green) Source 1 Position LED IGreenl Source 2 Position LED (Red) Source 21Red) indicates indicates Source 1 is indicates Power Panel (ATS) indicates Power Panel TATS) Source 2 is acceptable acceptable for use is closed to Source 1 position is closed to Source 2 position for use c�� o LCD Screen _ Exercise Event 'Impending' Current Time, S1 OK * E * Day and Date 21: 56 of Display MON 14 APR 2014 SET Menu MORE CFG TEST SET MORE Menu CFG Menu TEST Menu Keypad O OI ) #4 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above the key MX150 changes depending on which screen is being displayed. #1 or the word on the LCD #2 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above above the key. The word above the key changes depending on the key changes depending on which screen is being displayed. which screen is being displayed. @X imagination at work #3 or the word on the LCD above the key. The word above the key changes depending on which screen is being displayed. GE Critical Power 6o1 Shiloh Rood, Plano, TX 75074 800 6371738 www.GECriticalPower.com Information subject to change without notice. Please verify all details with GE. PB -1405 (2/14) © 2014 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved InDemand Interpreting 94 B 2(51) TYP. E• 1 3 76 7'� P WIRE BENDING 'i1'' SPACE(TOP) QUARTER TURN WIRE BENDING LATCH R SPACE(BOTTOM) TYP. L PROJECTION LEFT WIRE S GUTTER I ATS POWER LATCH I PANEL I I I L -_J T &T rn 3/16(5) THK. STEEL LIFTING ANGLES FOR CABINETS: F-1866MP F-1852MP 4X 09/16 (14) EMBOSSED MOUNTING HOLES C- 9 (235)- 1. I_ RIGHT WIRE I I ATS GUTTER I POWER PANEL I I D A CONTROL PANEL (INSIDE DOOR) I 6 1/8 I ` — (156) NOTES: 2(51) TYP. 4 1. MATERIAL: 102 A. 12 GA. 1018 HRS .1046(3) REF. FRONT VIEW (F-1834MP) RIGHT SIDE VIEW 2(51)x4(102 x2(51) B. 14 GA. 1018 HRS .074(2) REF. 10 GA. .134 3 REF. (F-1830MP, F-1832MP) REMOVABLE EEL CHANNELS C. 16 GA. 1018 HRS .0598(1.5) REF. FOR CABINETS: F-1866MP (F-1828MP) F-1852MP UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. TOP & BOTTOM 4X 09_/16 (14) CONDUIT ENTRY AREA. MOUNTING HOLES (TMP.) G i J 1(38 82� �— 2(51) TMP. TYP. 1(25) F TMP' BOTTOM VIEW THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION 2. FINISH: ANSI 61 GREY 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHOWN IN INCHES(MILLIMETERS). 2 1/2 4. CONSTRUCTION PER UL 1008 (64) 5. A ZTG 40A -225A WHEN ORDERED WITH THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS WILL REQUIRE A LARGER ENCLOSURE OF 46"H X 24"W X 14"D: A62(T), DIGITAL METER, HT, OCVR-1 SG, OCVR-1 SS. 6. FOR SEISMIC MOUNTING, REFER TO SHEET N0.6. —'r 7. FOR 260A & 600A 600V ZTG SWITCH ORDER, USE 50C-1034 DRAWING 2 (s1) CABINET DIMENSIONS CABINET A B C D E F G- H J F-1872MP 46 14 42 20 _ 1168 24 356 1067 508 — 19 152 __ F-1866MP 1575 19 1/2 1473 508 559 11 5 1/2 F-1852MP 17� 8 10� 6 (49 H GE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION REVISIONS REV. DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED X S-8887 ADDED WEIGHT 08/1 1 /09 YP MAS MODEL AMPERAGE NO NEMA LUG WIRE BENDING SPACE WE GUTTERS POLES CABINET RANGE P TOP R(BOTTOM) S(LEFT) TRIG 2,3 5 7/8 40-150 #8-3/0 1449 4 (8-85mm 2) (114) 2,3 #6-250 MCM 7 8 3 1/2 82258 200 F-1828MP (13-127mm2) (178) (203) (8) 1 2 4 (191) - - 2 41724 7 1948 ZTG 225, 260 3 /J6-350 MCM 14 3/4 4 5/8 (13-177mm2) (3755) 117 5 9/16 4 � 2 3/4 (141) 'F-1872MP 1 (371) 4 7/8 71948 400 3 #4-600 MCM 4 5/8 (21-304mm2) 117 5 9/16 4 2(3/4 (141) 7 2 2 1 600 3 (CITY 2) 15 18 8 2 7/16 F-1866MP 1#33-304mm2) (381) (457) 203 (62) 4 6 1/16 154 (QTY 4) 17 1/8 800 2,3 F-1852MP 2-600 MCM 18 1/2 18 43 1 1/8 q �33-304mm2) (470) (457) 10 7 4 (29) 2 4 7/8 7 5/8 (124)_ 194 40-80 3 �8-3/0 14 3 4 14 5/8 4 5/8 (8-85mm2) (375) (371) 2 (117) 4 5 (141) 4 (7b) F-1872MP 4 7 8 7 5/8 2 1 4 194 100-400 3 fq #4-600 MCM 14 3/4 14 5/8 4 5/8 ZTG D (21-304mm2) (375) (371) 2 (117) 5 (141) 4 (70) 2 9 8 (QTY 2) 2 1 600 3 F-1866MP 2-600 MCMM 15 18 8 �33-304mm2) (381) (457) 6 10/16 2 (62)6 4 (154) 2,3 (QTM 4) 17 1 8 800 F-1852MP 2-600 MCM 18 1/2 18 43 1 1/8 4 #2-600 MCM SIGNATURES DATE EC 11/01/05' �L 55) (279) (394) 1676 964 965 889 F-1828MP 24 610 18 457 11 279 20 508 16 406 __ GE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION REVISIONS REV. DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED X S-8887 ADDED WEIGHT 08/1 1 /09 YP MAS MODEL AMPERAGE NO NEMA LUG WIRE BENDING SPACE WE GUTTERS POLES CABINET RANGE P TOP R(BOTTOM) S(LEFT) TRIG 2,3 5 7/8 40-150 #8-3/0 1449 4 (8-85mm 2) (114) 2,3 #6-250 MCM 7 8 3 1/2 82258 200 F-1828MP (13-127mm2) (178) (203) (8) 1 2 4 (191) - - 2 41724 7 1948 ZTG 225, 260 3 /J6-350 MCM 14 3/4 4 5/8 (13-177mm2) (3755) 117 5 9/16 4 � 2 3/4 (141) 'F-1872MP 1 (371) 4 7/8 71948 400 3 #4-600 MCM 4 5/8 (21-304mm2) 117 5 9/16 4 2(3/4 (141) 7 2 2 1 600 3 (CITY 2) 15 18 8 2 7/16 F-1866MP 1#33-304mm2) (381) (457) 203 (62) 4 6 1/16 154 (QTY 4) 17 1/8 800 2,3 F-1852MP 2-600 MCM 18 1/2 18 43 1 1/8 q �33-304mm2) (470) (457) 10 7 4 (29) 2 4 7/8 7 5/8 (124)_ 194 40-80 3 �8-3/0 14 3 4 14 5/8 4 5/8 (8-85mm2) (375) (371) 2 (117) 4 5 (141) 4 (7b) F-1872MP 4 7 8 7 5/8 2 1 4 194 100-400 3 fq #4-600 MCM 14 3/4 14 5/8 4 5/8 ZTG D (21-304mm2) (375) (371) 2 (117) 5 (141) 4 (70) 2 9 8 (QTY 2) 2 1 600 3 F-1866MP 2-600 MCMM 15 18 8 �33-304mm2) (381) (457) 6 10/16 2 (62)6 4 (154) 2,3 (QTM 4) 17 1 8 800 F-1852MP 2-600 MCM 18 1/2 18 43 1 1/8 4 #2-600 MCM SIGNATURES DATE EC 11/01/05' �L (457) (29) 10 4 (470) ' ; ' GE Zenith Controls gigfEp TITLE Om SB 11/01/00 TRANSFER SWITCHES 330 102 -- MFG QUALrrY NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE FIRST MADE FOR: - Th' meet 'Isthe of Gene I proprietary, inf pf GE Is d umentF=/ RLE: 52c-1035—x-1.dwg SIZE CAGE CODE a � loaned on �� �np0ny (� and contains n: xpr4ss condition, a er It a ion corltai therom a di 0 0 rirthout the express wntten consent oftriolyems and thf inhale I�bebuseDy the I ien �Y �ZTG(D) (40-800A) e >a0� °a'�°� " au°I Autocad Generated Ei0s CRITICAL TO QUALITY SCALE: N/A CHARACTERISTIC 52C-1035 SHEET 1 OF 6 CONTROL PANEL (INSIDE DOOR) 1 9/64 j (4) 4.0 (102) 55/64 1.0 (22) 1 (25) 1 3 764 9 I 9/16 (14) DIA. MOUNTING HOLE. Ir SEE NOTE:3 I C—CHANNEL BASE DETAIL—A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION INCHES 18 mm LB (Kg) NEMA -3R,4 X ,12 dfb=0.21 INCHES 5 mm QUALIFIED BY: TIME HISTORY SHAKE TABLE TEST 84 (38) I 90 (41) I ATS RESONANCE FREQUENCIES: I ATS 139 (63) POWERPE Hz I fv=>33.0 Hz PANEL0 Vss=945 LBS 430 KG SHEAR PANEL Vfb=945 LBS (430 KG) SHEAR 214 Tv=1872 LBS 851 KG) UP 4 224 102 L- LBS 1188 KG) DOWN L --J JR 496 (225) 4 490 222 526 (239) WIRE BENDING SPACE(BOTTOM) RIGHT SIDE VIEW C—CHANNEL BASE FRONT VIEW SEE DETAIL—A 2(51)x4(102x2(51) 10 GA 134 3 REF. REMOVABLE EEL CHANNELS 55/64 1.0 (22) 1 (25) 1 3 764 9 I 9/16 (14) DIA. MOUNTING HOLE. Ir SEE NOTE:3 I C—CHANNEL BASE DETAIL—A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION INCHES 18 mm LB (Kg) NEMA -3R,4 X ,12 dfb=0.21 TOP & BOTTOM BOTTOM VIEW GE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION Thjs document 'I�� the properly of Gene CgmMy ('G and contains proRn e{ary, inf {an pf GE. c ument 19 boned on the expr" coed�"on t o ed or it n4r �he orrna ion contained herein s�aI be dZltur d fo r without the express wrdten consent o In rial Sy@tems, and at c ai orttwtier shall De Ileonly as aRproved expressly b crE InQ I e l�� rm u; c= �l shall be ret=met tta GEupon ilstlocumentmaybeZubfect to celiow under exportco ws and regus. AutoCad Generated REVISIONS REV. DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED X IS -8887 ADDED WEIGHT 08/11/09 YP MAS NOTES: 1. REFER SHEETS 1 TO 3 FOR DETAIL ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS. 2. SEISMIC DATA OF MOST VULNERABLE ATS CONSTRUCTION WITHIN ITS PLATFORM: MAXIMUM DEFLECTION AT TOP OF GEAR: dss=0.69 INCHES 18 mm LB (Kg) NEMA -3R,4 X ,12 dfb=0.21 INCHES 5 mm QUALIFIED BY: TIME HISTORY SHAKE TABLE TEST 84 (38) IEEE-693-2005—HIGHx2.5 (64 mm) 90 (41) IBC -2003-300%G RESONANCE FREQUENCIES: fss=10.9 Hz 139 (63) ffb=19.5 Hz 400 fv=>33.0 Hz MAXIMUM REACTION TO ANY BOLT: Vss=945 LBS 430 KG SHEAR (DEAD LOAD +/— SEISMIC) Vfb=945 LBS (430 KG) SHEAR 214 Tv=1872 LBS 851 KG) UP 4 224 102 Pv=2613 LBS 1188 KG) DOWN 3. BOLT ENCLOSURE FROM C—CHANNEL BASE (SEE DETAIL A) USING THE FOLLOWING SEISMIC CERTIFIED MOUNTING HARDWARE PER MOUNTING HOLE: (HARDWARE PROVIDED BY INSTALLER). • 1/2-13 GRADE 5 BOLT TORQUE TO 15 FT—LBS. (95 NEWTON METERS). • US STANDARD HIGH STRENGTH ZINC—PLATED FLAT WASHER 5/8 (16) I.D. AND 1-1/2 (38) O.D. • 1/2 (13) HELICAL SPRING LOCK WASHER. AMP POLE WEIGHT NEMA -1 LB (Kg) NEMA -3R,4 X ,12 40-225 2,3 69 31 84 (38) 4 75 34 90 (41) 260 2,3 114 51 139 (63) 4 125 57 150 (68) 400 2'3 168 76 193 88 4 180 82 205 93 600 3 214 97 250 (113) 4 224 102 260 118 800 3 460 209 496 (225) 4 490 222 526 (239) MODEL EC DETAIL Man EIM CEE MFG QUALITY GSUED DPAWING FTSE: 52c—i MODEL / ASSomy FILE: ZTG(D: / CTQrr e CRITICAL rue DATE 01 °° 0 GE Zenith Controls ENCLOSURE SEISMIC MTG. DETAI FIRST MADE FOR: - SIZECAGE CODE DWG NO B 52C-1035 SCALE: N/A I SHEET 6 OF 6 REVISIONS IREV.1 DESCRIPTION I DATE JAPPROVED1 G I S-8604 REVISED DWG 04/05/07 YJS MES ZTG SERIES WITH MX150 MICROPROCE R -BASED CONTROL PANEL Si 40-3000 AMP FOR USE ON EMERGENCY OR STANDBY SYSTEMS — RATED FOR TOTAL SYSTEM & MOTOR LOAD A. LEGEND CONTOLS POWER SUPPLY (CPS) XE1,XE2............ Control Transformer, Source 2 XN1,XN2................Control Transformer, Source 1 Power Panel N1,2,3,(N)............. Source 1 Line E1,2,3,(N)..............Source 2 Line T1,2,3,(N)..............Load Connections BR ......................... Bridge Rectifier CE ......................... Source 2 Transfer Operator CN ......................... Source 1 Transfer Operator CNE ....................... Main Transfer Operator (400 Amp) GND....................... Ground NB ......................... Neutral Bar (if required) SCR—E.................. SCR Source 2 SCR—N.................. SCR Source 1 SCE,SCN................ CNE Limit Switches SE ......................... Source 2 Position Limit Switch SN ......................... Source 1 Position Limit Switch Interconnect Plugs J1, J2, J4, J5, J6, J7, JC B. OPERATION When Source 1 line drops below the preset "Fail" Values, Source 1 voltage sensing circuit initiates the engine start circuit. When Source 2 line voltage and frequency reach the preset "Restore" Values, the MX controller initiates a transfer signal through the SCR—E to operate the main transfer operator. The load is now transferred to the Source 2 line. The transfer switch is mechanically locked. SN limit switch awaits the next operation to Source 1. When Source 1 line voltage reaches the preset "Restore" Values, the MX controller initiates a transfer signal through the SCR—N to operate the main transfer operator. The load is now re—transferred back to the Source 1 line. The transfer switch is mechanically locked. SE limit switch awaits the next operation to Source 2. Test Switch The Test Switch simulates source 1 line failure when activated. To test, activate the Test Switch, thus allowing the transfer switch to transfer to the Source 2 position. Deactivate the Test Switch. The transfer switch will reset to the Source 1 position. Testing at least once a month is recommended. For hospital emergency systems, test once a week. ❑ C. MSTDG OPTION PACKAGE. 6 Test Switch, Momentary. A3 Auxiliary Contact Closed when the switch is in Source 2 position. A4 Auxiliary Contact Closed when the switch is in Source 1 position. CALIBRATE Source 1 & Source 2 Calibrate capabilities for voltage a frequency. CDT Timer Exerciser Load / No Load, one evens allows the Generator to start and run unloaded or simulate a power failure, start Generator and run under load. Can be configured by end user for a 1, 7, 14, or 28 day cycle. Exercise duration can be set between 5 and 60 minutes in 1 minute increments. Factory default is 20 minutes. When exercise is impending, (*E*) appears in the upper right hand corner of LCD screen. configured via CFG menu and set via SET menu. DS Disconnect Switch. Inhibits transfer to either direction when in Inhibit. 40-600 Amp optional, located next to controller. 800-3000 Amp standard, located next to controller. E Engine Start Contacts. EL/P Event Log: Sequentially Numbered Log of 16 events that track date, time reason and action taken System Data: Total Life Transfers (N2P) Days Powered Up Total Transfers to S2 Total S1 Failures Total S1 available in Hrs Total S2 available in Hrs. (NIP) KP Frequency, Indication S1 & S2 L Indicating LED lights. L1 Indicates Switch in Source 2 position. L2 Indicates Switch in Source 1 position. L3 Indicates Source 1 available. L4 Indicates Source 2 available. LN center -off position LCD -indicator. N1 Running Time indicator. N2 Operation Counter indicator. P1 Time Delay Source 2 Start. Adjustable 0-10 seconds. Standard setting in 3 seconds. Adjust via SET menu. Q2 Peak Shave / Remote Load Test: Input for Peak Shave or Remote Load Test. Includes automatic return to Source 1 if Source 2 fails and Source 1 present. Energize Q2 to Peak shave/Load test. R50 In -Phase Monitor. Prevents transfer until two sources are in-phase. S13 Transfer Commit or no Commit to transfer upon Engine start. Time Delay (S1) source 1 Stable Timer. To delay transfer to Source 1. U Source 2 Stop Delay Timer. W Time Delay (S2) Source 2 Stable Timer. To delay transfer to Source 2. YEN Bypass Timers Key utilizing keypad. When applicable, the system prompts the user to press a button to bypass (T) or (W) T Timers-sho-ul.d-the-user so<de.sires.-� ❑ D. MEXEG OPTION PACKAGE. In addition to the Features Listed under the MSTDG package, this package includes the following Features. A3 Auxiliary Contact: closed when switch is in Source 2 position. A4 Auxiliary Contact: closed when switch is in Source 1 position. VI Voltage Imbalance (Three Phase) User Configured On or Off. Range: 5% to 20% of Nominal voltage 10 to 30 seconds, user adjustable. Resolution: 1% Increments Minimum Differential: 2% minimum between "Fail" and "Restore" settings. Factory default: 10% "Fail", 8% "Restore", 30 seconds. Clock Exerciser Load / No Load, one event: allows the Generator to start and run unloaded or simulate a power failure, start Generator and run under load. Can be configured by end user for a 1, 7, 14, 28, or 365 day cycle. A total of 7 independent exercise periods (up to 10 hours each) can be programmed for each of the daily, weekly, 14 -day, and 28 -day Exercisers. A total of 12 independent exercise periods (up to 10 hours each) can be programmed for the 365 -day Exerciser. When exercise is impending, (*E*) appears in the upper right hand corner of LCD screen. configured via CFG menu and set via SET menu. GE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION FOR ADDmONAL INFO REFER TO SIGNATURES h' doc nt is the. of Gee APPM r yrymg� t "IRAMM Is°ne� a e%nnation th I MODEL GG Ie 0 r to o0 in a%Dfe55 w enl raffia � M OEM DETAIL Uql Ule CHMKED as imnssly 2 PL DECIMALS f .020D= FS �°A Inch o 3 PL DECIMALS t .005MFG ANGLES t 1' QUALnY THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION FRACTIONS t 1/64 ISSUED Test Switch, Maintained/Momentary. Door mount ❑ 6AP Test Switch Maintained/Momentary Utilizing Keypad. ❑ A62 Sequential Universal Motor load Disconnect Circuit. Normally closed Auxiliary contacts for motor disconnect loads. Open 0-60 seconds prior to transfer, after transfer or both in either direction then reclose in timed sequence after transfer. ❑ Al Auxiliary Contact, Operates on Source 1 ❑IAlE failure. Auxiliary Contact, Operates on Source 2 Elline failure. Auxiliary Contacts Closed when the transfer switch is in Source 2 position. ❑ A4 Auxiliary Contacts Closed when the transfer _switch is in Source 1 position. charger. Alarm Panel on transfer to Source 2 with Silence button. Disconnect Switch: Permits transfer in "AUTO" position and inhibits transfer in "INHIBIT" position. F Fan contact, operates when generator is running. HT Heater and Thermostat. M90 Digital Power Meter with Display: Amps, Bolts and Frequency. M91 Digital Meter w/Display of Amps, Watts, Volts, Frequency, KVA, KVAR, PF, etc. Plus THD capability w/ Ethernet. Inhibit Transfer to Source 2: Input Circuit to inhibit transfer to Source 2. Elevator Pre -Signal Auxiliary Contacts: Open 0-60 sec.prior to transfer to either direction, re -closes after transfer. UMD Universal Motor Load Disconnect Circuit: Aux.Contoct opens 0-60 sec. Adjustable, 1 sec. increments) prior to transfer in either direction, recloses after transfer. Can be configured by end user for Pre -transfer, Post -transfer or both. Factory default 5 sec. Timers are not bypassed when transferring from dead source. ZNET Network Communication Interface Card. . ® CAUTION: In using a 3 phase, 4 wire delta or open delta power supply (usually 120/240 volts, sometimes listed as 120/208 volts) with one leg having a grounded center tap, one line will be 160 to 208 volts to ground. When such a system is used it is necessary to connect the high leg to N2. DO NOT CONNECT 120 VOLT LOAD CIRCUIT TO THE HIGH LEG. GROUNDING TERMINAL: A grounding terminal (GND) is provided. When installing open type switches connect this terminal to the metal enclosure or an equivalent earth ground. ® WARNING — TO ENSURE AGAINST SHOCK OR ACCIDENT HAZARD, DISCONNECT ALL SOURCES OF SUPPLY BEFORE SERVICING. ON SINGLE PHASE UNITS WHERE THE EMERGENCY SOURCE IS A UTILITY LINE, CONNECT EMERGENCY LINE SO THAT MINIMUM VOLTAGE IS MEASURED FROM N1 TO E1. ON SINGLE PHASE (2 POLE) UNITS, CENTER POLE IS NOT SUPPLIED. RIGHT—HAND POLE IS NOT SUPPLIED ON 400 AMP UNITS. DATE /13/03 1 0 GE Zenith Controls FINISH MWING FILE: 70o -0900-g-1 MODEL / ASSEMBLY FILE- ZTGA4-400 (40-40 Autocad Generated '� CTQ� a CRITICAL To ouAl rueaerrcwIC 97 LEGEND, OPERATION, AND ACCESSORIES FIRST MADE FOR: SIZECAGE CODE DWG NO B 70A-0900 SCALE: I SHEET 1 OF 1 w o O Q Q N � � O 5 Lf) O 00 En LLI � z o� Z Q z p W U WZ Q O LAJ U)�ln U U Q rn I r- Opr OL,} Z ZO O I W oa N FQ ^ p to I ir aW UJ CD 0UU) LL, LLJ O J WwW wW O U W ow �-- Q 0 Z FNIY 3 W 0 0 N J N Q (n U I � N j[ I I W () W O> U Z m 0 J Z Zx Zw F 00 - C/) 3 W 7I♦3 h731 LjO z 0: 0: r --i N �Z: af 01 U U 'W' � N N `TJ Q Ly 0 U z ' N i N <U LdW W w O ra0Ofro- 00 En Z W J! .I z m o� Z O z vUi W U WZ Q O LAJ 3 U U Q rn I Z ZO O I W oa N FQ ^ p to I ir aW UJ Li L- 00:paN00 LL, LLJ O J U U wW O U W ow �-- Q I� Z W 0 0 N zo N U I U (On I I I I W z W O ZJZ J OZ ZO C7 U Z m 0 J Z Zx Zw F 00 - C/) 3 z 7I♦3 h731 w 0: 0: > U Nit U U <n N N O O O O ()) 1 LLI U �011' U� I U N N M M N 1 W U N N Li W T U) m W 2 U N V) Q U iJ a N m W 2 U V) t= D U U Q W 3 O Q H Q VA O H O O N CL = 0- r N� -EWO W 3 W 3 Z t2 0� �� L) Zi LnZi tn00 U I I I LLI Q (1) (1) o W 2 U N U H 2 G 22 o g3 0 o m m N N Li w z wa NJ XO mg 00 U wW U p ra0Ofro- 00 En Z W J! .I z m o� Z z3 O X: Nig U WQ aaa O CO.. ch -, Q rn I W ZO O I W oa Z FQ ^ p to I ir aW UJ Li L- 00:paN00 W Q' O O p UO ON ir ZS to O a QLn o0 wW O U W ow �-- Q I� �Q UN 2; 0 0 0 N zo Y a O I H w z m Z z W O ZJZ J OZ ZO C7 U Z m 0 J Z Zx Zw F 00 - C/) 3 7I♦3 h731 22 o g3 0 o m m N N Li w z wa NJ XO mg 00 U Ld J c� \J co 0) rn EL m c v c co E m p N O D O U O ch -, O 0 U::) O Q = i- a O N W n < I� 0 0 N V O I r=.. g Z C/) Sic Nit L Ly 0 U <U W Ld IrNm _1 U f iLN N W 0 I- cm a J Q O _ I C j& i Qw 0 0 �� UI �vU J W o D U � r Z o LO . CD CNo�� v v c i�ZOO * * -H M ` C o o S a s in Z � v p N 41 Q Ld J c� \J co 0) rn EL m c v c co E m p X W m N N LLJ > O Of Cl- a a � CD 0 N O LJ z O � W m M O X X ^ N O N U 3 x M N LO W d w O 8 L06 irO W ~ O co N 8808 m Z06 V) J U U O O O O 9206 ~ 006 of N 008 CD w 8106 L�ir z w w Q t~j = c O= E S 6 l08 G3J o N t z D ix WJ Oo W Z d(� 0 N Z (f) U W 0 p 0 O J oa \ N U N v z W z OD Q w cs 8 0 2� On Q V' 3 cD I L I__L I N ^^0 1 ` o ani. --L LLJ g W W N Z C/-) � O U O p U a Z 0 a M M Oa N to N N M (n (n QL C OD ~~ N o aJ N z �W Z Z F a Lai Oj j U W to O a O a N CZ U o� 0 F- N � N U �v w � n �j J W J ;`� N V) W o O N O p O rn a w W N U ~ Z tl $ J u_ j Q Z Z oto D Z 0 0 D O CL o a v v W a V) w U M W U M N N p 0- co N z F U) N N N •- (n W Z a ;'� W W W 0 U 0 U W a U U U) W w wz w w L) L)= z z N U) z > M o o o o >> a g g O>> m in N N ,�j N N F N N N N m m OU o' Z M0 U Li 0 I I I I ro v N N Z Z LLI LLJ -0 - I �OFi" X X X O OO - 0 O O OX p O) 00WO)M m M 0 00 00 00 0) Ow 0 i X W m N N J JW 0 0 N O LJ z O �a M O X X to o w O N U 3 x M N N W d w O 8 L06 irO W ~ z co N 8808 m Z06 V) J X W m N N O 0 N O LJ z O N J O X X O 6 006 K x 6008 B�Sb O w O 8 L06 z 8808 m Z06 O 0o O O O O 9206 ~ 006 of N 008 CD w 8106 O z w w Q t~j = c E S 6 l08 G3J o N t z D J O W N X N O O z K x V O J N cD N O Lo co NO 0 \ N I'7 L 7 K V O d O >- D 0000 0o —J _j N CD J O Lo co NO 0 \ O LL L CD K V N Z LLI 7 7 o >- D w —J _j N CD O w w Q t~j = c E S G3J o N t z O WJ Oo a s W d(� 0 N N M (f) U W 0 0)W 6 O J oa \ N U LO LO o 0a W z OD Q w cs 8 0 On Q V' 3 C I L I__L I N ^^0 1 ` o ani. --L LLJ g C/-) � .�z U a Z �+ O — M M Oa N to N N M 3 0 QL C OD o aJ N z �W F a Lai O (n c' N CZ U o� N oM U U �v w n J U LLJ m F- V) W o rn a F Q O tl $ J u_ j Q oto I Oh o v O ,�) O a F 0: N W K, F J O Lo co NO 0 \ O LL L K V N Z LLI 7 7 o w iIZO >C, CD O w w Q t~j = c E S G3J o N t z U WJ Oo a s W d(� 4 N M 3 X� U N ^ 8 3 o tis d i o o ani. t0 U 0 LLLJJJ o O Lo co NO 0 \ O L K � 7 7 o w iIZO >C, O w w Q t~j = c E S G3J o N t z U a s W 0 4 N M 3 > � 0 d- 0 QN p N CD U) LLJ Z � O >In w W ry Z 0 V) 0 �Jll LL - of Of O �p Z m U LL - O _W W 0 U) z I 0 w Z d O LOJ X O � Z� O U N d' Flil 7 7 8921-�i Z6009ZA Lwl�wJl U H ~ N U W W Z Z 0 (� U z W N I M I � ' N J � N � N � >: * 0 O Z J LL, p—OD O + Q d O 00 o_0M i N 0 � Z z 0 g W V') U mEncn o�� zcn LLJz DO� N5 vZ w Q N= 00 F-: NY W 66 CL r -A IX < WO O 0 N CL U u J a. a. U) w W O IZ J O of i - Z O U 9 �x Om H JW' W w z Q ow U- 0 J 0 m o} Ug m� M o J mg w O W 0 d O X J �w �z 009 U) Z O F- C) U w Z Z O U w W O V) D U U>Q Do °r° E E X N � x " E W E LO O M z Q a M v J O M LO Z O U O LO Q J Q w� X Q M* O 0 to w 9 �x Om H JW' W w z Q ow U- 0 J 0 m o} Ug m� M o J mg w O W 0 d O X J �w �z 009 U) Z O F- C) U w Z Z O U w W O V) D U U>Q Do 10 � rn 00* 0 U M v 00 OD M LO Lo O LO Q J Q w� M M* O 0 to w 9 �x Om H JW' W w z Q ow U- 0 J 0 m o} Ug m� M o J mg w O W 0 d O X J �w �z 009 U) Z O F- C) U w Z Z O U w W O V) D U U>Q J W � � > *0C)> >> rn aw 00 3 a N Mo Lo O LO Q J Q w� M M* LO N to w CO N 0 3 --DM � N UO o(L Q N � N �' X Q 0- Lij Q � O C) 0 0 O 0 O Q � E 9 �x Om H JW' W w z Q ow U- 0 J 0 m o} Ug m� M o J mg w O W 0 d O X J �w �z 009 U) Z O F- C) U w Z Z O U w W O V) D U J U>Q U � � > *0C)> >> rn = 6zz O 00 3 a N Mo Lo O LO UJ 0 CD Z 00 N(V i,n- N cV t0 �00o !;iC) U 0 1 O4 O ��ODJ Y J � QQ � Q Q w 0- Lij Q O 4 C) 0 0 O 0 Q � ~a J oz O N C < U Q Q Of Z Z O W M Q r-) U) U C/) LLJ N LLJ N J W a m D Z5 � Z) 00 W J U N m H J OD J � O n 0 > OQ0 rn = 6zz O 00 3 a N Mo N O 0 Ki UJ 0 i W Z Oo i,n- N z0 M M > �00o !;iC) U 0 1 O4 O ��ODJ Y J W� oma am � > } r to w o:OT--0 O o_ Z OO 0 »OJ ZJ m C 4 CN z J J z U OZ Z = (off 00,t 0 } } r4)MrV) LL, w M f= � � - a- '- 33� oo m I I Ivy Y Y Y0_ - Woc W U _ U LL - 0 o 7 N O O r W� O y > w Lij Q O 4 •E„ � LL O N 0 � � ~a J oz C < S Of O 'C r-) U) o C/) LLJ N LLJ z—N�W L.J_ 4 U Z U) o� < Z5 � W KL W J U N m H N Woc Q M 7 J Q 13 O 0 4 O 4 � � ~a J V) S U U w � � U z 4 NLO " O�-O O O \ O C c * * M ` _ 31�z /\ G7��11ayay 0 Q6 O D U) O ) a a Z N M Q I u u - V u 4U 4-1 C ICI pp�v q Oy M M P_' a a i LLA + ©0CL +cD[3c _ CR M T oil o m o m • w u i! 4 r A 7 .•°. a • r -t -1 ; 0000,000000000000 i '100000000000000 '00000000000000 C u ro c a C V u 4U 4-1 C ICI pp�v q Oy M M P_' a H i LLA ©0CL +cD[3c Z � N M 7 0A C +y N mar D tt n O M Q H z In H E _ 1 I Q N Q } W Q ii -0 N � M d Q 0. t'; �( ¢ . - F—O `- o N VM /1. < Q N eqjyS[7 Q, L� c. r r48 u c; O Im S E r E m c • 0 R A A.A,�o.,� aat :�•�.�.� 3.x.3 CD 4-1 x LU Z N �! z e— O N FQ ry eq— 0 u 7 CD 4-1 x LU Z C-4 W S 1111 X111 !P,� '1 un 1111 1 s - v 1 1111 1111 i ' R v ' t6 iw �ILL ! . � Q V6 q I � F &FI q NAil IsK 11 H E 'j i C:a RJ r 3 W S 1111 X111 !P,� '1 un 1111 1 s - v 1 1111 1111 i ' R v ' t6 iw �ILL ! . � Q V6 q I � F ;� m E E N co w 00 O N N boC m w V 0 G WC ``, ry W r T W 1 W N G H G N O i I 0 0 0 � gg888g8; 88888888 888,E S LL pQQpQQ�QQ�++ ♦ • N N N Y 8pp 8pp 8pp oppp 88 9 88 pJp E yoQqQqy�� N N p Y Y Y- Qo88888888 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 p p O q 0 p g S 8 8 S S S S 3 N N N N g88N � 38888888 � a a a a � 8 a� 25 25 25 a 25 a azzzzzzzzz8888z8z 52 52 25 25 52 52 25 25 5522 a g 8 Ct S 8 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 a mm" v y M m m m m m si m ggg g Z G z z z z z z z z z... ONO g z g¢ z o M a¢a a a a W ONO ONO u� a880 a88�0 a¢¢ z z O O O O S O O O O O 88 O O 88 O O E tt$77 Z Z Q O N ut P O O "o-0-88899 O O f . OO M ----- - .y - gZ5���2525252p52p5�2p5p8 Qb 5b� 5b� 50��0 SONO gS QS QS QS �zzvi Q z Z vi v; �n u,c0 N oQf 088888 iQn ,Qy p O O O O a a a Qm Qm 25 25 QT QT $ 8 QT Q�i 25 25 25 25 Q Q 25 2$ g g 6 b E tSt��I Z Z 0 0 UQ1 0 c Ygf c v+ �gg/1 18Q0 a vi 0Q0 080 8 8 0Q0 �5y� 8 8 g g �? ¢ a gN 25 25 glf 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 5� 5� 2p5 2p5 5� QQ 25 8 C Z= vi V1 V1 of Vi 0 0 0 0 0 99999 0 0 8 8 a T T T T T N 1(1 YI -gQg8g8ggggg Eop 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 8 m� V u mmc;O- - a�$�$$$$$$URM ISM ISS 25 NO& ' V1 T T 25 � yN� 25Z5 Sro�g9Qggg E52p5 2p5 gpQo E�§§ OM § eNef v01 c; u0f VO1 O pSS O O O 8 §��Q wPP uQoi ii w�y� u�Qm § 25 �QS��QgQsQg5s�5g� 25 25 25 25 25 25 S25 �om rNn m ugoi �SNNo oQNo �ig88g g8g �, Sm�2Q§S§ 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 5w�Q88Q 25 8 Q85$�Q8 25 25 25 C O O 180/1 Ifpo01 N g 5252 Q pO O Oo0 8 �Tyy 4pTp N IV 8T ppN ��� 8g 8g 8g 8& eI Q �D OD N ry M O O Ea Q T W 1 W N G H G N O i I 0 0 0 � gg888g8; 88888888 S NNyN�NNNN68Q8Q8$8$885�8Q Iz N pqQ 25 2S S_S_Q�Q_j8_88_ p p p O �YYY 88888888ppS8888 O O O O O O O Z 7 p p O 8C 8K Z Y S 8 8 S S S S 3 N N N N NGON � 38888888 � a a a a � 8 a� 25 25 25 a 25 a Eg 52 52 25 25 52 52 25 25 5522 a g 8 Ct S 8 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 a mm" v y M m m m m m si m ggg g Z �+ z z z z z z vOi z ONO g a Z g a z G T a¢a a a a a a a a a a a a z z z Z z z z z z z z z z z z z ��aa�,Q Z Z t�0 tQNO tQ�O CQ�O S gZ5���2525252p52p5�2p5p8 Qb 5b� 5b� 50��0 SONO gS QS QS QS Q z Z 0 0 VI YQ8l g 0 0 1f1 I!1 0 0 Y1 Y1 0 O YgI p O O O O mm V a¢0 0 Q8N 0 O O 6 8 b gti 8 6 ggg 8 b g b 6 T W 1 W N G H G N i O i O i 0 0 0 gg888g8; 88888888 NNyN�NNNN68Q8Q8$8$885�8Q pqQ 25 2S O b 8 �YYY 8888888 Y]LYY Z I p p 8C 8K 8C 8K 8K 8 fV C K OC K Q LC K fJ .,O O., pO pO O O pOH pO O O oO O 38888888 � a a a a a a a a a� 25 25 25 a 25 a az zzzzzzzz8888z8z �+ z z z z z z z z z g a Z g a z G T ao vi w 0800ppp0C88O888888 w ¢¢ ppppSSpppppppp8ppppppppSW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ��aa�,Q Z Z t�0 tQNO tQ�O CQ�O S gZ5���2525252p52p5�2p5p8 Qb 5b� 5b� 50��0 SONO gS QS QS QS t ¢C z Z 0 0 VI YQ8l 0 0 V1 0 0 1f1 I!1 0 0 Y1 Y1 0 O YgI p O O O O mm V a¢0 0 Q8N 0 O O 6 8 b gti 8 6 ggg 8 b g b 6 ZZ8e8�8�ppwppe8wwwm888g885288p8p �"a co a 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 ayz�yzgdQ;g;gdg;Q;Qc;Qd -gQg8g8ggggg m "o...w88888 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 8 a�$�$$$$$$URM C a N I/I T T . VI T T ' V1 T T Ll 0 T 1fl 0 0 N N 0 8 N ti 8 8 8 g E�§§ § §���� §��Q wPP w�y� �2525�b § 25 �QS��QgQsQg5s�5g� 25 25 25 25 25 25 S25 �om rNn m 9i u8pi �ig88g g8g y 1pp 8m 8Oi n O Q i O i O i 0 0 0 88888888 2S 25 25 2S O b 8 �YYY Y]LYY Z 88888SS Z C K OC K Q LC K 6 N N N N N N N 38888888 zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz MANN II�g����� a i GE Critical Power z%utoma Uoc Transfer Swotch ATS WoKhstand and C as,'mg Rcot'mgs WCRD The Purpose of Testing and Unit Ratings GE automatic transfer switches (ATS) have been subjected to an extensive test program to show that they comply with and exceed UL 1008 standards as well as the various performance specifications used by most government agencies and major electrical engineers throughout the world. The primary test to assure the dependability of an automatic transfer switch is its abilityto close into and withstand high fault currents.The purpose of this publication is to provide basic information on withstand ratings and to document the ratings that GE ATS currently holds under UL 1008. NFPA 110 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, Section 6.3.2, requires that the capacity and rating of automatic transfer switches be adequate to withstand the thermal and electromagnetic effects of short circuit currents that may arise in the electrical system. It is important to be able to compare properly the withstand close rating (WCR) of the switch to the available short circuit (fault) current of the system until the protective device clears the fault. ATS Products I www.gecriticalpowercom If a transfer switch does not have adequate withstand capability—system failure, fire, injury to personnel or equipment damage may result. A clear understanding of the interrelationship between the protective device, transfer switch and system needs is necessary for a well designed installation. Some basic information on withstand rating terms and calculations follows the enclosed rating charts. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) is the independent testing body that has developed the standard UL 1008 which all major transfer switch manufacturers test to. UL lists products which have successfully passed a battery of witnessed tests including the withstand and close into fault tests described herein. Manufacturers that complete these tests are then permitted to label their products with the UL mark. UL made significant changes in April of 1989 regarding the labeling requirements of transfer switches. Prior to that date there had been InDemand Interpreting 107 concern over coordination with some protective devices. UL clarified the labeling procedure and now allows forthree rating categories. • Current limiting fuse • Specific class (trip time) of molded case breaker • "Umbrella" or "Any Breaker" ratings that take into account all types of molded, insulated case and power circuit breakers; these tests are performed for a duration of 3 cycles on units 225 amps and greater, and for 1.5 cycles on 40-150 amp units (with an optional 3 cycle duration for units up to 150 amps; note the three cycle rating on 150 amp and below units is optional as UL has determined that all breakers in this size clear in less than 1.5 cycles). The "Umbrella" or "Any Breaker" rating is therefore the actual UL requirement and definition of the ATS industry 3 cycle (or 1.5 as noted) withstand and closing rating, and should not to be confused with additional, non UL 1008 labeled "withstand only" tests. 2 Zenith Product Ratings The GE family of transfer switches have maintained an industry-leading role in ratings from the time of its introduction. Today all ZTS, ZTE, and ZT30 products are labeled with an "umbrella" (any molded case breaker) rating as well as some higher specific breaker levels giving the consultant a free hand with system design. The following pages include the UL certified ratings and specific breaker coordination charts, withstand rating data and additional specific information. The consulting engineer must keep in mind that unless a transfer switch bears an umbrella breaker approval for use with any molded case breaker, care must be taken to assure that the breaker specified for the installation have an equal or shorter trip time when compared to the listed devices. This would limit the application of the switch to projects within the scope of its specific breaker listing. In addition to this factor, many transfer switch manufacturers perform additional withstand tests on selected products. These additional tests may be either for a higher current value or a longer duration than their standard UL listed ratings. The consultant must determine the applicability of these tests and take careful note if these levels are normally not UL labeled ratings. The ZTS/ZTG/ZTE Switch Families • ZTS/ZTE Automatic Transfer Switches 40 - 4000 amps • ZTSD/ZTED Delayed Transition Switches 40 - 4000 amps • ZTSCT/ZTECT Closed Transition Switches 100 - 4000 amps • ZBTS/ZBTE Transfer/Bypass Switches 100 - 4000 amps • ZBTSD/ZBTED Delayed Transfer/ Bypass Switches 100 - 4000 amps • ZBTSCT/ZBTECT Closed Transition Transfer/Bypass Switches 100 - 4000 amps • ZTG Automatic Transfer Switches 40 - 3000 amps • ZTGD Delayed Transition Switches 40 - 3000 amps • ZTGSE/ZTGDSE Standard & Delayed Service Entrance Rated Switches 40 - 3000 amps ZTX Automatic Transfer Switches 40 - 400 amps • ZT30/ZBT30 ATS/ Bypass 1000-3000A • ZT30D/ZBT30D Delayed switches 1000-3000A • ZT30CT/ZBT30CT Closed transition switch 1000-3000A T ATS Products I www.gecriticalpowercom InDemand Interpreting 108 3 Definitions & Calculations Purpose Many questions arise when comparing wcrto the system fault current rating. Too often a switch is rated by a manufacturer in one set ofwcrterms and the available system fault currents described with a different set of terms. The purpose of this paper is to outline the different ways switches may be rated (wcr) and systems are measured. Basic Defnitions • RMS Current - The Root Mean Square which is the effective value of an alternating current. It is equal to .707 of the peak current for a sine wave. This is the value referred to when people say "current." • Peak Current -The instantaneous maximum value of current—the peak current of a sine wave is 1.414 times its rms value. • Symmetrical Current -The alternating current which is symmetrical around the zero axis of the sine wave. • Asymmetrical Current -The alternating current which is not symmetrical around the zero axis. • Peak Fault Current - The instantaneous maximum current value that occurs afterthe start of a fault in any phase. ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com • Available Peak Current - Maximum possible short circuit current that may exist in a system without protective devices. • Peak Let Through Current - Maximum instantaneous current through the protective device during the total clearing time. • Withstand Current Rating -The rating that defines the ability of the switch to withstand the thermal and electromagnetic effects of short circuit currents for a set period of time. • Withstand and Closing Rating (WCR) - ul 1008 test for a transfer switch's ability to close into and withstand a fault current. These are the ratings which will actually appear on the ul label of the product. - Short -Time current rating (STR) - UL 1008 test similar to withstand and closing rating but for a time period up to 0.5 seconds and provides for the requirement that the switch be capable of carrying full load current after the withstand and close -on short-circuit events. note: For diagrams of typical current wave forms, see Figure 1 and Figure 2. InDemand Interpreting 109 Comparison of Terms The following values have all been used to describe identical circuit conditions: • Available Short Circuit Current rms 120,000 amps • Peak Let Through Current (Vz cycle) 130,000 amps • Peak Asymmetrical Current 156,000 amps • Peak Symmetrical Current 140,000 amps • Withstand Rating 3 Cycles rms 128,000 amps What do these numbers mean?They mean that a switch was tested at 128,000 amps rms Sym for 3 cycles; the switch also had a projected peak symmetrical current of 140,000 amps for less than Yz cycle and a peak asymmetrical current of 156,000 amps for less than r/z cycle. The switch has been tested in a system that has an available capacity of 120,000 amps rms. How should a manufacturer rate a switch? Preferably by submitting test data which is reported as outlined by ul 1008 specifications. This data calls for rms symmetrical readings based on specific test parameters. Otherfigures may be misleading. 0 4 Test Documents As fault currents can occur at any level, a transfer switch must be capable of withstanding any fault current up to its maximum rating. This rating is based on the rating of the protective device in front of the unit and must be considered on that basis. GE tests show results based on various current values and time durations, and include additional high current tests with fuses. By considering this range of values, it is possible to predict performance with different fuse characteristics or specific circuit breaker current -time curves with a given available short circuit current. Interrupting Ratings Some manufacturers of circuit breaker type automatic transfer switches list interrupting current (IC) ratings in lieu of WCR. These switches will then open on faults instead of withstanding the fault until the external protective device clears. As the transfer switch is ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com then used to open the fault current in place of a protective device—this may leave the transfer switch with both normal and emergency open which then requires manual resetting of the breakers within the transfer switch enclosure. The circuit breakers may require factory inspection after high current interruption in accordance with common circuit breaker procedures. WCR ratings, as opposed to IC ratings appearto offer a better choice to the system designer as he attempts to coordinate the protection of the entire system. Knowing the maximum amount and duration of fault current a switch will withstand gives the designer the information necessary for complete coordinated system design. Advantage of RMS Symmetrical Ratings • Date is consistently reported based on UL test procedures. InDemand Interpreting 110 • Where time beyond the first 1/2 cycle is given suitable decisions can be made to use circuit breakers orfuses. • Misleading reporting is eliminated. Blow -On Effects on Short Circuit Current in Contacts Some switch designers analyze "blow -on" and "blow -off' effects and force vectors (due to electromagnetic repulsion) to claim increased WCR capability of their product. Such calculations are very rough approximations because of inherent errors in estimating "domain" size and number, current "pinch" effect and the problem of complex geometry of actual contact structures when compared to idealized models. The only proof of a successful design are tests, uniformly performed and consistently reported all to the same criterion such as UL 1008. ZTG Ts Coordinated Breaker Model Types ZTE Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTG GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING (A) (WCR) NOTE MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKER TYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE ZTX 40 10,000 480V 30,000 Eaton 100A FCL 200,000NOTE2 400A (40225A) ZTG (071(40-225A) 80 100 150 200 225 (ClassA 250A JGS,JGH,JGC,JGU, JGX, JBD, JD, HJD, JDC,LCL, LCLA 400A LDC, CLDC, KDB, KD, HKD, KDC, LD, CLD, ZTS (07)(40-150A) HLD,CHLD ZTE (OT) (40-150A) ITE/ Siemens 125A CED6, HED4, HED6 250A CFD6, FD6A, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 400A CJD6 General 150A SEL,SEP,THLC1 Electric 225A THLC2 250A SFH,SFL,SFP 400A SGH, SGL, SGP, FGN, FGH,FGL,FGP Schneider 150A HG, HJ, HL, HR 250A JJ, JL, JR 400A LG, U, LL, LR 600V 22,000 Eaton 2SOA JGS, JGH, JGC, JGU, JGX, JDB, JD, HJD, JDC,LCL, LCLA 400A LDC,CLDC,KDB,KD, HKD, KDC, LD, CLD, HLD, CHLD ITE/ 125A CED6, HED4, HED6 Siemens 250A CFD6, FD6, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 General 150A SEL,SEP,THLC1 Electric 225A THLC2 250A SFH,SFL,SFP 400A SGH, SGL, SGP, FGN, FGH, FGL, FGP Schneider 150A HG, HJ, HL, HR 250A JJ,JL,JR 400A LG, U, LL, LR ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com InDemand Interpreting 111 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTG GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING (A) (WCR) N..I MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKERTYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE ZTG , (OT) (260A) t 260 \R 480V 35000 Eaton 250A JGS,JGH,JGC,JGU, JGX, JDB, JD, HJD, JDC,LCL, LCLA 400A LDC, CLDC, LD, CLD, HLD, CHLD, KDB, KD, HKD,KDC ITE/ 125A CEDE, HED4, HHED6 Siemens 250A CFD6, F06, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 General 150A SEL, SEP,THLC1 Electric 225A THLC2 250A SFH,SFL,SFP 350A SGH 400A SGH, SGL, SGP, FGN, FGH, FGL, FGP Schneider 150A HG, HJ, HL, HR 250A JJ,JL,JR 400A LG, U, LL, LR ATS Products I www.gecriticalpowercom InDemand Interpreting 112 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTG GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING (A) (WCR) NON MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKER TYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE ZTX 40 35,000 480V 50,000 Eaton 250A HJD,JDC,JGC,JGH, 200,000 600A (3DD-400A) 80 JGU,JGX (ClassA ZTG (OT) (400A) 100 150 200 225 100,000 (Class RKS, RKl) 400A CHLD4,CLD,HLD4, CLDC, LDC, KDC, HKD, CHMDL4, CMDL4 600A CHLD6,HDL6, CHMDL6, CMDL6, CLDC, CLD6, LDC6, CLDC6 ZTG (DT) (40-400A) 260 300 400 ZTS (CIT) (225- 800A CHMDLB, HMDLB, 400A) MDLB, CMDL8 ZTS (DT, (40-44000A) ITE/ Siemens 250A CFD6, HFD6, HFXD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 400A CJD6 ZBTS 600A CLD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6, HL136, (OT, DT) (100-400A) HLXD6 ZTE (OT) (oT 800A CMD6,MD6,HMD6, (225-400A) HMXD6, MXD6 General Electric 250A SFL, SFP ZTE (DT, CT) (40-400A) 400A SGL, SGP 600A SGL, SGP, FGL, FGP ZBTE (OT, DTI Schneider 150A HJ, HL, HR (10D -400A) 250A JJ, JL, JR 600A U, LL, LR 800A MJ 600V 420DO Eaton 250A JGU,JGX 200,000"O'E' (Class J) 400A CLDC4, KDC, LDC4 600A CLDC6, LDC6, 1,18 Tri-Pac 8DOA NBTri-Pac ITE/ 250A CFD6 Siemens 400A CJD6,SCLD6 6DOA CLD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6,SCLD6 8DOA CMD6, HMD6, HMXD6, SCMD6, SHMD6 General 150A THLCl Electric 400A FGL4, FGP4, THLC4, TL84 600A SGL, SGP, FGL6, FGP6 800A SKLB,SKPB Schneider 150A HJ, HL, HR 250A JJ, JL, JR 600A U, LL, LR 800A MJ ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com InDemand Interpreting 113 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTG < GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING (A) (WCR) None MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKER TYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE [!TG , 600 35,000 480V 50,000 Eaton 250A HJD,JDC,JGC,JGH, T, DT) JGU, JGX 400A CHLD4, CLD, HLD4, CLDC, LDC, KDC, HKD, CHMDL4, CMDL4 600A CHLD6, HDLG, CHMDL6, CMDL6, CLDC6, LDC6, CLDC6 800A CHMDLB, HMDLB, MDLB, CMDL8 ITE/ 250A CFD6, HFD6, HFXD6, Siemens HHFD6, HHFXD6 400A 006 600A CLD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6, HLD6, HLXD6 800A CMD6, MD6, HMD6, HMXD6,MXD6 General 250A SFL,SFP Electric 400A SGL, SGP 600A SGL, SGP, FGL, FGP Schneider 150A Hl, HL, HR 250A JJ, JL, JR 600A U, LL, LR 800A MJ 600V 42,000 Eaton 250A JGU, JGX 400A CLDC4, KDC, LDC4 600A CLDC6, LDC6, NB Tri-Pac 800A NB Tri-Pac ITE/ 250A CFD6 Siemens 400A CJD6,SCLD6 600A CLD6,HHLD6, HHLXD6,SCL)6 800A CMD6, HMD6, HMXD6, SCMD6, SHMD6 General 150A THLCS Electric 4DOA FGL4, FGP4, THLC4, TL84 600A SGL, SGP, FGL6, FGP6 800A SKL8,SKP8 Schneider 150A HJ, HL, HR 250A JJ,JL,JR 600A U. LL, LR 800A MJ ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com InDemand Interpreting 114 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING (A) (WCR) NON MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKERTYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE TS 600 50,000 480V 65,000 Eaton 600A HLD, CHLD, LDC, 200,000 750A 0 , T, GT CLDC (Class L, J, BT OT RKS, RKV 800A HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL, NBTri Pac ITE/ 600A CLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6, BTS Siemens HLD6, HLDX6, HHLD6, GT HHLXD6 100-600A BDOA CMD6, HMXD6, ZTE ZTEDT, CTI HMD6, SCMD6, SHMD6, SCND6, SHND6 1200A HND6, HNXD6, CND6 ZBTE (OT, DTI 1600A HRD6, HRXD6 General 600A SGH,SGL,SGP ZBTE (CT) (100-600A) Electric 1200A SKL, SKP, SKT, SKS Schneider 600A U, LL, LR 1200A PJ 1600A MASTERPACT NW 42,000 600V 50,000 Eaton 600A LDC,CLDC 150,000N0iEe 750A (Class L, RKS, RKl) BDOA NBTri-Pac, DSL206 Schneider 6DOA LI, LXI BDOA NC, NE, NX 1200A PK ITE/ 600A CLD6, HHLD6, Siemens HHLXD6, SCLD6, SHLD6 800A CMD6, HMD6, SCMD6, SCND6, SHMD6, SHND6 1200A CND6,SCND6 General 600A TB6, SGL6, SGP6 Electric 800A TBB,THP,THC,SKPB 1200A SKP ATS Products I www.gecriticalpowercom InDemand Interpreting 115 10 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTG GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING IA) (WCR) NOTE MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKERTYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE FTG 800 50,000 480V 65,000 Eaton 6DOA HLD, CHLD, LDC, 200,ODO 1,200A (OT, DTI CLDC (Class U 800A HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL, NBTri Pac TS ITE/ 600A CLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6, ZTE Siemens HLD6, HLDX6, HHLD6, (OT, DT, CT) HHLXD6 800A CMD6, HMXD6, HMD6, SCMD6, SHMD6, SCND6, SHND6 1200A HND6, HNXD6, CND6 1600A HRD6,HRXD6 General 600A SGH, SGL, SGP Electric 1200A SKL, SKP, SKT, SKS Schneider 600A U, LL, LR 1200A PJ 1600A MASTERPACTNW 42,000 600V 50,000 Eaton 600A LDC, CLDC 800A NB Tri-Pac, DSL206 Schneider 600A U,LXI 800A NC, NE, NX 1200A PK ITE/ 600A CLD6, HHLD6, Siemens HHLXD6, SCLD6, SHLD6 800A CMD6,HMD6,SCMD6, SCND6, SHMD6, SHND6 1200A CND6,SCND6 General 600A TB6, SGL6, SGP6 Electric 800A — T88,THP,THC,SKP8 1200A SKP ATS Products I www.gecriticalpowercom 11 InDemand Interpreting 116 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING (A) (WCR) NOTE' MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKERTYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE ZBT M(OT 800 - 50,000 480V 85,000 Eaton 1600A PB, HND 200,000 3,ODDA T (Class U ITE/ SOOA CMD6 ZBTE Siemens 1200A -- CND6 (OT, DT, CT) 1600A CPD6-HPD6 General 1200A SKL, SKP, SKS Electric 42,000 600V 65,000 Eaton 800A NB TriPac 1600A RDC, CRDC, PC, PCC, PB Tri Pac Schneider 1200A NC, NE, NX 1600A PCF, PEF, PHF, PXF ITE/ 800A CMD6, SCMD6 Siemens 1200A -- CND6,SCND6 1600A CPD6, HPD6, HRD6 General 800A THP, THC, TBB,SKP8 Electric 1200A SKP 1600A THP,THC,TRP MG 1600A MP16141, MP161-12, MC16H1 ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com' InDemand Interpreting 117 12 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTG GE ZENITH MODEL FAMILY AMP UL SHORT -TIME RATING (STR) ANY BREAKER RATING (A) (WCR) NOTE' MAXIMUM VOLTAGE MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER RATING (A) BREAKER MFR MAX BREAKER AMPERAGE BREAKER TYPE CURRENT LIMITING FUSE RATING (A) MAX FUSE SIZE ZTG (0T, DT) i 1000 1200 50,000 480V 85,000 Eaton 1600A PB, HND 200,000 (Class L) 3,000A ITE/ 800A CMD6 Ii, Siemens 1200A CND6 OT, DT, CT) 1600A CPD6-HPD6 BTS (OT DT CT) General Electric 1200A SKI., SKP, SKS 42,000 600V 65,000 Eaton 800A NBTri Pac ZTE (OT, DT, CT) 1600A RDC, CRDC, PC, PCC, PB Tri Pac ZBTE Schneider 1200A NC, NE, NX (0T, DT, CT) 1600A PCF, PEF, PHF, PXF ITE/ 800A CMD6, SCMD6 Siemens 1200A CND6,SCND6 1600A CPD6, HPD6,HRD6 General 800A THP, THC, TB8,SKP8 Electric 1200A SKP 1600A THP,THC,TRP MG 1600A M15161-11, MP161-12, MC16H1 ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com 13 InDemand Interpreting 118 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTG GE ZENITH UL ANY MAXIMUM MAX CURRENT MAX MODEL AMP SHORT -TIME BREAKER MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER BREAKER BREAKERTVPE LIMITING FUSE RATING RATING (A) VOLTAGE BREAKER MFR FUSE FAMILY (STR) (WCR) NOnI RATING (A) AMPERAGE RATING (A) SIZE ZTG 1600 100,000 480V 100,000 Any Any Breaker 200,000 2,500A (0T, DT) 2000 Breaker (Class L) 85,000 600V 85,000 Any Any Breaker - ZTS 2600 ;OOp (OT, DT, CT) Breaker a ZBTS (OT, DT, CT) ZTE (OT, DT, CT) ZBTE (OT, DT, CT) rZ—B—TS7-7 1600 65.000 -ns 600V 65000 Any Any Breaker - (OT, DT, CT) 2000 Breaker 2600 ZBTE 3000 (OT, DT, CT) - ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com 14 InDemand Interpreting 119 Coordinated Breaker Model Types (cont.) GE ZENITH UL ANY MAXIMUM MAX CURRENT MAX MODEL AMP SHORT -TIME BREAKER MAXIMUM COORDINATED BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER TYPE LIMITING FUSE RATING RATING (A) VOLTAGE BREAKER MFR FUSE FAMILY (STR) (WCR) NOTE 1 RATING (A) AMPERAGE RATING (A) SIZE ZTS 4000 - 100,000 480V 100,000 Any Any Breaker 200,000 6,000A (OT, DT, CTI Breaker (Class U 85,000 600V 85,000 Any Any Breaker 200,000 6,000A ZBTS 10T, DT, CTI Breaker (Class L) ZTE (OT, DT, CT) ZBTE (OT, DT, CT) ZT30 1000 85,000 100,000 BOON 100,000 Any Any Breaker 200,000 4,000A (OT, DT, CT) 1200 (30 cycle) Breaker (Class U 1600 ATS & BYPASS 2000 100,000 3000 (3 cycle) Note 1: The Any Breaker rating is not applicable to ZTX and ZTG products. Note 2: Fuse Rating does not apply to 200 & 225A @ 600V ATS product Note 3: Fuse Rating does not apply to 100-400A @ 600V Bypass product Note 4: Fuse Rating does not apply to 600A @ 600V Bypass product Note 5: For 1600.3000A Horizontal Bypass product @ 600v UL References: E23911: ZTX, ZTG, ZTS, ZTE, ZT3 E67544: ZBTS, ZBTE, ZBT3 LEGEND OT: Open Transition DT: Delayed Transition CT: Closed Transition ATS Products I www.gecriticalpower.com 15 InDemand Interpreting 120 GE Critical Power 601 Shiloh Road Plano, TX 75074 +1877 546 3242 www.gecriticalpower.com `Registered trademark ofthe General Electric Company. The GE brand, logo, and lumination are trademarks ofthe General Electric Company. © 2015 General Electric Company. Information provided is subject to change without notice. All values are design or typical values when measured under laboratory conditions. TB -1102, Rev. 09/2015 InDemand Interpreting 121 GE Critical POWE r GE Critical Power Automatic Transfer Switches (ATS) Limited Warranty Rider This Limited Warranty Rider incorporates by reference the GE Critical Power -- Power Quality ("CPPQ") Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale (herein called `CPPQ Terms") and includes the following additional provisions contained herein. In the event of conflict between this Rider and the CPPQ Terms, the Rider shall take precedence. Warranty Period WARRANTY: Seller warrants to Customer that during the "Warranty Period" applicable for its Critical Power Quality ZTE, ZTS, ZT30, ZTG and ZTX Series transfer switch Product furnished hereunder, (the "Product') will be free from defects in material, workmanship and title. ZTE, ZTS, ZTG and ZT30 Series The Warranty Period for ZTE, ZTS, ZTG, and ZT30 Series transfer switch Products is twenty-four (24) months from the date of shipment. ZTX Series The Warranty Period for ZTX Series transfer switch Products is twelve (12) months from the date of shipment. Replacement Parts and Labor CPPQ warrants for a period of 2 years for the ZTE, ZTS, ZTG and ZT30 and for a period of 1 year for the ZTX. Warranty is effective from the date of shipment and when installed by an authorized Seller factory or by an authorized Seller service station In no case do the warranties apply to any failure or nonconformance with Seller's specifications that is caused by or attributable to any associated or complementary products not supplied by Seller, nor shall it in any case apply to the quantity or quality of the product of Buyer or the process of manufacture on which any products are used. The warranties and remedies set forth herein are conditioned upon: (a) proper transportation, handling, storage, installation, commissioning, operation, use and maintenance in conformance with the operation instruction manuals (including revisions thereto) provided by Seller, any applicable recommendations of Seller, and any applicable laws, regulations or codes; (b) repair or modification pursuant to Seller's instructions or approval; and (c) Buyer promptly notifying Seller of any defects and, if required, promptly making the Product available for correction at Buyer's expense. C imagination at work The warranty shall not apply: (a) if Buyer or any other unauthorized person has made any modifications, alterations or repairs to the Product not authorized by Seller, including Buyer's use of parts in conjunction with the Product not delivered by Seller; (b) to any Product with removed or altered serial numbers; (c) to any Product damaged by acts of God, sources external to the Product, misuse, accident, abuse, neglect, negligence, or use beyond rated capacity. The Warranty does not cover routine maintenance or expendable parts such as light bulbs, fuses and the like or field labor outside the guidelines, standards and requirements issues and authorized by GE Critical Power. Failure of components where testing and preventative maintenance is not performed and documented per the manufacturer's recommended schedule will not be covered. Investigative labor will not be covered by this Warranty if the product listed herein proves to be functioning properly or, if the service is caused by the failure by the Buyer to meet Seller requirements. Premium labor (holiday, weekend, etc.) is provided under this Warranty only at Seller's discretion. The Warranty Period applicable to each Product can be extended, if Buyer purchases an extended warranty from Seller. If Buyer purchases an extended warranty from Seller, the terms of such extended warranty shall supersede these warranty provisions. Installation and Commissioning of Installable Systems If the Products cannot be installed immediately after delivery, Buyer is responsible for maintaining proper storage conditions according to operating manuals and any other instructions provided by Seller. Installable Products may only be installed by certified electrical installers and must be installed according to Seller's specifications, appropriate national electrical codes and accepted standards of workmanship. For purposes of the CPPQ Terms, "installable Products" shall mean Products that require the services of a certified electrical installer to be connected to the power grid. This warranty is valid only in the United States and for units sold and installed within Seller specified countries. For sales in non-specified countries, parts are only covered for a period of 2 years for the ZTE, ZTS, ZTG and ZT30 Series and for a period of 1 year for the ZTX. Warranty is effective from the date of shipment. Seller will not pay for freight or customs charges on replacements under any warranty claims. CL Criticul POWef 830 W 40th Street, Chicago, IL 60609 USA +1800 637 1738 (toll-free in North America) GECriticalPowercom DEE-654. Rev. 10/13 *Trademark of General Electric Company. Copyright 2013 General Electric Company. All Rights Reserved. Information subject to change without notice. Please verify all details with GE. GECP Pp m 2013 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved InDemand Interpreting 122 GE Critical Power CERTIFICATE OF SEISMIC COMPLIANCE For all GE Zenith Transfer Switch Model Numbers ZTX, ZTG, ZTGD, ZTS, ZTSD, ZTSCT, ZBTS, ZBTSD & ZBTSCT ZTE, ZTED, ZTECT, ZBTE, ZBTED & ZBTECT Qualified to IEEE -693-2005 HIGH Level with 2.5 Amplification Factor. Qualified to IBC -2009 Sds = 2.0g, SS = 300%. Ip = 1.5, for z/h < 1 in accordance with ICC-ES-AC156. 10 0.1 1 TRS RRS 10 Frequency [Hz] 100 3 Lowest equipment natural frequency: <_ 10.9 Hz Qualified by shake -table testing, Clark Dynamic Testing Laboratories This is to certify that the above named equipment meets or exceeds all of the above requirements according to IEEE -693-2005 and IBC -2009, with operation defined as transferring from the PRIMARY TO THE ALTERNATE SUPPLY AND BACK TO PRIMARY during the seismic event. Certification Report Prepared by: W. E. Gundy & Associates, Inc. P.O. Box 2900, Hailey, ID 83333 See GE document 1086-305 for Certification Report, interpretation of test data and P.E. stamp. Ufaimagination at work GE Critical Power 830 W 40th Street, Chicago, IL 60609 USA 800 637 1738 www.GECriticalPower.com Information subject to change without notice. Please verify all details with GE. DET -542 (3/13) © 2013 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved InDemand Interpreting 123 Request for Extension # Current Expiration Date: Extension Request: rrd (E-,\ Approved for days t0-1-1 -7 rtrcrwic Jerry Hight NJ Denied (provide explanation) Building Official G rg11 C'4 i City of Tukwila Signature/Initials J AW 1111517016 RE: Mechanical Pen -nit *H4-500 and Electrical Permit ELI 6-0896 ���e/ ✓t✓lwv� ,��/�, Mr. Hight.- ,W)UI) SAi �iyyfs,erk�y I am writing to request the reopening of the two expired permits listed ab( number of unforeseen delays to this project. Those obstacles have been o. ,p7-4 G and I am projecting completion of this project within the next 30days. I am informed we received a letter from your office dated 8/31/17 in regal � these permits.. unfortunately this letter did not make it to my attention. The only justification I can offer is a changed my own office administration that appears to have prevented my receipt of this letter. I understand this request is not the common procedure for the completion for permits of any kind. Only final inspections remain on this project. We are completing the work to make the generator more accessible as requested by the Electrical Inspector, Fire Marshal and Mechanical. Inspector and adding a. Fire Extinguisher as requested by the Fire Marshall. Determining the type and extent of the fencing and who was responsible for thein were at the root of the delays. This process was effected by changes in the Owners/Tenants management structure, the Sale of the property to a new owner and the clarification of the project with the new property management company and the new, owner. If at all possible 1 would like to avoid the plan review process as nothing has changed in those documents since the initial review. I would appreciate it if you would willing to open these permits again. Please let me know under which circumstances you would be willing to let this happen. Sincerely, Bruce Jackson Service and Special Projects Ari l et�t Sturgeon Electric Company, Inc. 206.799.2082 (cell) `esi y ov r bja ckson @ myrgrou p. com rS'Pet-i"10VN PS- Our physical address, k "1 cm- 4- 'k a 3902 B St NW, STE A Auburn, WA 98001 0-253-737-5252 MR company I Sb 1 41VAI q pearl `" 11W\oYt - T1% .e, A"Arltat 'F-i�� nein "roup in-. is an tquat Upportunity Employer M/F/Oisabled/Veteran n-eva RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NOV 13 2017 PERMIT CENTER )w located at: VA 48001 253.737.5252 8/31/2017 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director BRUCE JACKSON 3320 WEST VALLEY HWY, #D-103 AUBURN, WA 98001 RE: Permit No. M 16-0155 INDEMAND INTERPRETING 555 ANDOVER PARK W, #201 Dear Permit Holder: In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 10/9/2017. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 10/9/2017, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: M 16-0155 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 e Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 2/1/2017 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director BRUCE JACKSON 3320 WEST VALLEY HWY, #D-103 AUBURN, WA 98001 RE: Permit Application No. M16-0155 INDEMAND INTERPRETING 555 ANDOVER PARK W, #201 Dear BRUCE JACKSON, In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 9/30/2016, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Currently your application has a status of COMMENTS OUT and is due to expire on 3/30/2017. If you still plan to pursue your project, you are hereby advised to do one of the following: 1) If the plan review is complete for the project and your application is approved, you may pick up the application before the date of expiration. At the time of permit issuance the expiration date will automatically be extended 180 days. -or- 2) If the plan review is not completed submit a written request for application extension (7) seven days in advance of the expiration date. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your application. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 90 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request is denied, your permit application will expire and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Rachelle Ripley fff WWI' Permit Technician File No: M 16-0155 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development December 12, 2016 BRUCE JACKSON 3320 WEST VALLEY HWY, #D-103 AUBURN, WA 98001 RE: Correction Letter # 2 MECHANICAL Permit Application Number M 16-0155 INDEMAND INTERPRETING - 555 ANDOVER PARK W, #201 Dear BRUCE JACKSON, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING - C DEPARTMENT: KC ELLIS at (206)431-3677 if you have questions regarding these comments. • Provide footing and rebar details good for 5500# generator unit weight. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other. documentation. The City requires that two 2 sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206)433-7165. Sincerely, Rachelle Ripley Permit Technician File No. M 16-0155 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 9 Fax 206-431-3665 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director October 11, 2016 BRUCEJACKSON 3320 WEST VALLEY HWY, #D-103 AUBURN, WA 98001 RE: Correction Letter # 1 MECHANICAL Permit Application Number M16-0155 INDEMAND INTERPRETING - 555 ANDOVER PARK W, #201 Dear BRUCE JACKSON, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING - M DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised 'plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient. (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020) (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. Please provide a clear site plan with the building foot print and indicate specifically where the generator is to be installed. If the generator is to be located in a new spot, provide information for anchorage and if the location includes new concrete pad, provide specific information. Specify special inspection procedures for mounting and any other items requiring special inspections. Note: This permit plan review may not be complete as revised plans may require further corrections. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two_Qj sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 9 Fax 206-431-3665 If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206)433-7165. Sincerely, WW/Im Rachelle Ripley P Y Permit Technician File No. M16-0155 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 9 Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 9 Fax 206-431-3665 PENT C ORD 00" ` PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: M16-0155 DATE: 02/13/17 PROJECT NAME: INDEMAND INTERPRETING SITE ADDRESS: 555 ANDOVER PARK W Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 2 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: K-6 PWC/ /,�`t+ Building Division 14 Public Works ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Corrections Required ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire Prevention ❑ Structural ❑ Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DATE: 02/14/17 Structural Review Required ❑ DATE: DUE DATE: Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 03/14/17 12/18/2013 PErn -AIT C"100 -RD PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: M16-0155 DATE: 12/05/16 PROJECT NAME: INDEMAND INTERPRETING SITE ADDRESS: 555 ANDOVER PARK W #201 Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: - �$ ��P-m ng Division 0 Public Works ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Corrections Required ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire Prevention ❑ Structural ❑ Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DATE: 12/06/16 Structural Review Required ❑ DATE: DUE DATE: 01/03/17 Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) DATE: Permit Center Use Only 'Q CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 1p Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PERMIT NUMBER: M16-0155 DATE: 09/30/16 PROJECT NAME: INDEMAND INTERPRETING SITE ADDRESS: 555 ANDOVER PARK W X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DEPARTMENTS: Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued to�� 04 - pmu Build it g ivision Fire Prevention Planning Division ❑ Public Works ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 10/04/16 Not Applicable ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 11/01/16 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Corrections Required ❑ Denied ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 9100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: bttp:L/www.TukwilaWA.ov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: A-�--0/ 1-7 Plan Check/Permit Number: iA f 6 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner ❑ Deferred Submittal # Project Name: --Fyl 'ey." Project Address: Contact Person: SS's LLI- vi—kC <e_ Summary of Revision: z�N e mo w- rR \J 44.w (CeLAk Phone Number: RECEIVED CITY ITY OF TUKWILA FEB 10 2017 PERMIT C Sheet Number(s): ENTER "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in TRAKiT on W Termit CenterUemplatesTorms\Revision Submittal Form.doc Revised: August 2015 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.Tukwi]aWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date:2--Z- / I G, Plan Check/Permit Number:f IF �� ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # MResponse to Correction Letter # ) ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner ❑ Deferred Submittal # Project Name: Project Addre Contact Person: r>�,c �y¢-��Sv� Phone Number: 20& 24YT Z— Summary of Revision: RECEIVED Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: l.C/ 1144z� ❑ Entered in TRAKiT on W:Termit CenterJemplates\Forms\Revision Submittal Form.doc Revised: August 2015 STURGEON ELECTRIC CO INC Home l:sliafiol Contact Safety & Health Washington State Department of Labor & Industries STURGEON ELECTRIC CO INC Owner or tradesperson Principals Swartz, Richard JR, PRESIDENT Engen, Gerald JR, SECRETARY Evans, Paul, TREASURER Koertner, William, DIRECTOR Ct Corporation System, AGENT Doing business as STURGEON ELECTRIC CO INC Claims & Insurance 12150 E 112TH AVE HENDERSON, CO 80640 303-286-8000 WA UBI No. Business type 601 246 974 Corporation Governing persons ERNIE L BROWN GERALD B ENGEN JR; GLENN C UPPENKAMP; GREG T WOLF; JAMES F KIMSEY; KARI TETER-ADOLF; MARISA OWENS; PAUL J EVANS; RICHARD W GREENE; RONALD J KELLER; TERRY ROBERTS; WILLIAM H GREEN; WILLIAM A KOERTNER; Page 1 of 2 Search L&I e A-7 Index Help . I.Vul Workplace Rights License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Electrical Contractor Active. ................................................. Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. STURGEC853BL Effective — expiration 0411412015— 04/14/2017 Designated administrator Wiliis, Jason .. License type Electrical Administrator Bond ........... American States Insurance Cc Bond account no. 6333579 Active. Meets current requirements. License no. WILLIJ*853BL $4,000.00 Trades & Licensing Help us improve https:Hsecure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601246974&LIC=STURGEC853BL&SAW= 2/16/2017 STURGEON ELECTRIC CO INC Page 2 of 2 Received by L&I Effective date 0411412015 03/14/2015 Expiration date Until Canceled Savings ................ No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. License Violations .......................................... No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp I Do you know if the business has employees? If so, verify the business is up-to-date on workers' comp premiums. This company has multiple workers' comp accounts. -1111.11--l", ............ ....................... .........._....................._................._........,....._........_.................................._........_......._....... Active accounts ...........1........1.11 ............. L&I Account ID Account is current. 486,226-01 Doing business as STURGEON ELECTRIC COMPANY INC Estimated workers reported Quarter 4 of Year 2016 "31 to 50 Workers" L&I account representative T1 / FEARAED FEROZE (360)902-4797 - Email: FERH235@lni.wa.gov Track this contractor 10, Workplace safety and health Check for any past safety and health violations found on jobsites this business was responsible for. Inspection results date 08/10/2015 No violations Inspection no. 317937260 Location Hwy 261 Starbuck, WA 99359 ............ 1111. Inspection results date 11/2012013 No violations Inspection no. 316892066 Location Hawthorn and Parksmith Rd. Mead, WA 99216 ............. .._._.._........ .............. ..._ 1111 _........ 11,11.. __............._... ...._...., _ __1111, _ ........... U Washington State Dept. of Labor & Industries. Use of this site is subject to the laws of the stale of Washington. Help us improve https:Hsecure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=601246974&LIC=STURGEC853BL&SAW= 2/16/2017